B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme
REGULATIONS 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.


Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work



20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%

Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%

The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and 2nd semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. h. The condonation for combined 1st and 2nd semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the





v) vi) vii)

authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the laboratory during the examination. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.

6. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester, based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S,A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D, E and F) will be awarded. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.

% of Total marks (C.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C.A + U.E) or below 40 % for U.E only

Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F

Grade (G.P) 10 9 8.5 8 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 0


Remarks Excellent


7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below.


Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject

Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester. CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.


Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester


GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name, credits for the subject, letter grades obtained, GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. 8. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full.

9. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) b) c) d) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects

ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C.A. marks already obtained, subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala. 10. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION


ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days, combined with the vacation / holidays if required. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, curriculum, scheme of examinations and syllabi. These changes unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University


305 08.301 08.108 08.307 08.308 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines (MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A.109 08.102 08.STREAM .(MPU) Fluid Mechanics Lab Total Weekly load. 2008 scheme (Common for all branches) Course No 08.303 08. hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 Max session al marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 Exa m Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 Cre dits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58 Name of subject The subject 08.105 08.SCHEME AND SYLLABUS MECHANICAL .104 08.107 08.306 08.106 08.ENGINEERING Combined I and II Semesters.110 Weekly load.304 08.Civil Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.302 08.103 08.PRODUCTION . Semester III Course No 08.101 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17 0 0 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 8 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+5 0) 100 100 800 Cr edi ts 4 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 29 12 .Machine Drawing Part B.

504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.505 08.503 08.408 Weekly load.406 08.504 08. 13 .402 08.404 08.501 08. Max Exam Exam Cre hours session Dur max dits Hrs marks L T D/P al marks 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 08.508 Engineering Mathematics – IV [CMPU] Electrical Technology [MPU] Theory of Machine [MP] Industrial Electronics [MP] Production Process II Elective I Production Process Lab Electrical and Electronics Lab [MPU] Total The subject 08. hours L 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 14 T 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5 D/P 4 3 3 10 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Exam max mark s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 Cre dits 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer Programming & Numerical Methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material Science (MP) Production Process-I Machine Tools-I Production Drawing ME Lab Machine Tools lab Total Semester V Course No Name of subject Weekly load.403 08.401 08.502 08.405 08.506 08.407 08.507 08.Semester IV Cours e No 08.

804 08.709 Name of subject Principles of Management and Decision Modeling [MPU] Mechatronics [MPU] Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Theory of Metal cutting Machine Tool Design Elective III Production Tooling Lab CIM Lab Project & Seminar [MPU] Total Weekly load.808 Energy Management [MPU] Industrial Engineering [MPU] Tool Engineering Product Development and Design Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar [MPU] Project & Viva voce [MPU] Total Weekly load.607 08.604 08. Max Exam hours sessiona Dur L T D/P l marks Hrs 2 1 50 3 2 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 0 0 6 2 5 7 50 50 50 150 500 3 3 Exam Cre max dits marks 100 3 100 3 100 4 100 4 100 100 100 700 4 4 2 5 29 14 .803 08.601 08.702 08.704 08.705 08.605 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 Max sessio nal marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Exam Cre Dur max dits Hrs marks 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29 Metrology and Instrumentation [MP] Dynamics of Machinery [MP] Computer Aided Design [MPU] Machine Tools II Machines Theory and Design Elective – II CAD Lab Metallurgy and Metrology Lab Total Semester VII Course No 08.701 08.807 08.602 08.703 08.608 Name of subject Weekly load.606 08.603 08.708 08.Semester VI Course No 08.802 08. hours L T D/P 2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 2 2 2 6 Max Exam Exam Cr sessiona Dur max edi l marks Hrs marks ts 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29 Semester VIII Course Name of subject No 08.801 08.805 08.806 08.707 08.706 08.

Powder Metallurgy 15. Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Total Quality Management 12. Professional ethics and human values 6. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16.ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical. Innovation and New Product Development 15 . Environmental Pollution Control 10. Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08.606 Elective II 1. Human aspects of management 3. Composite Materials Technology 12. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Nuclear Engineering 5. Industrial Automation 21. Marketing Management. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Failure Analysis 17. Materials Handling 10. New Energy systems 3. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Metal Forming 11. Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Material Characterisation 15. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Creativity. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08. Finite Element Methods 10. Instrumentation and control 9. Machine tool Technology 12. Concurrent Engineering 20. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Foundry Technology 9. Agro Machinery 11. 7. Internet Technologies 13. Tool Engineering (MU) 17. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Object Oriented Programming 4. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Mech. Automotive Air-conditioning 17. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5.706 Elective III 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. 506 Elective I 1. Fracture Mechanics 6.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Micromachining Methods 16. Mechanical working Methods 6. Non Destructive Testing 14. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7. Computer Graphics 2. Disaster Management 4. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Bio Materials 19. Glimpses of world thought 5. Vibration & Noise Control 16.

Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Automotive Technology (P) 21. 806 Elective V 1. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Industrial Refrigeration 3. High Temperature Materials 22. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Embedded System In Automobiles 26.Road Vehicles 25. Aerospace Engineering 3. Multiphase flow 8. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Value Engineering. Bio Medical Engineering. 16 . 805 Elective IV 1. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. 15. Production & Operations Management 15. Technology Forecasting 13. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Surface Engineering 21. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Off. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Management Information Systems 14. Continuum Mechanics 17.08. Research Methodology 19. Rapid Prototyping 20. 12. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Industrial Quality Control 4. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Propulsion Engineering 2. Computerized Materials Management 7. Product and brand management 18. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Financial Management 10. Software Engineering 13. Engineering Design 24. Facilities Planning 4. Tribology 11. Robotics 18. Nanotechnology 20. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Creativity& Product Development 6. Controls in Machine tools 9. Random vibrations 8. Design of IC Engines 17. Project Management 16.

Michel D Greenberg.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.Scalar and vector functions.V.Ramana.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only).Directional derivative.Partial derivatives.DiagonalisationQuadratic forms.signature and index. Nazarudeen and Royson.1 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivativesSuccessive differentiation. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Evolute ( Cartesian . 8th edition. B.Linear dependence and independence of vectors.Jacobians.GradientPhysical interpretation of gradient.S.Inverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:.Pearson International 6.Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic formsDefiniteness.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Errors and approximations. Zenith Publications 17 . Higher Engineering Mathematics.Scalar and vector fields. Khanna Publishers 4.shifting property. Engineering Mathematics I. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Transforms of derivatives and integrals. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Cauchy and Legendre equations – Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients.Linear differential eqations with constant coefficients.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof).Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.Method of variation of parameters . MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix.differentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Echelon form and normal form. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Peter O’ Neil . B. Wiley Eastern.Equivalent matrices. Vector differentiation and applications :.centre of curvature. Kreyszig.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof).Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem.1 Credit: 6 MODULE.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign.Grewal .Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t .Curl. 2006 5. Sureshan J. Differential Equations and Applications:.Consistency.rank.Transforms of elementary functions . REFERENCES 1.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Lagrange’s method.Identities involving ∇ (no proof) . 2. Thomson 3.Inverse transforms.Total derivatives.103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS.Elementary transformations.Operator ∇ .Taylor’s series (one and two variables) . Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Divergence.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.

Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment. MODULE. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves. Nano materials. Eigen values and functions. Bragg’s law. Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. Retardation plates. Velocity addition. Shape memory alloys. Antireflection coating. Miller indices. Tunnelling (qualitative). E and H are at right angles. Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative). Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. circular and elliptically polarized light. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices. Super conductivity . High temperature superconductors. Relativistic mass. Directions and planes. One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. Michelson’s interferometer. Harmonic waves. Plane transmission grating.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence. Phase space. Induced birefringence. Type-I and Type-II superconductors. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. Uncertainty principle. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Determination of wave length and thickness. Bosons and Fermions.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Resolving power of grating. Concept of displacement current. Double refraction. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Wave function. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. Unit cell and lattice parameters. Particle in one dimensional box. Nicol Prism. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. BCS theory (qualitative). Derivation of Planck’s 18 . Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution. Applications of superconductors. Energy in wave motion. X-ray diffraction. Polaroids. Crystal systems. Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Time dilation. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Bio materials. Interference filters. div. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Three dimensional waves . Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation). Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Types of waves. curl and their physical significance. Expectation values. Simultaneity. Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films. body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Newton’s rings. Length contraction. Grating equation. MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter. Mass less particle.Differential Equation and solution. Quality factor. Energy and momentum operators. Density of states. Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light. Einstein’s postulates. Theory of plane. Plane waves and spherical waves. Mass energy relation.102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS Credit: 6 MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution.Meissner effect.

Ruby Laser.. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law. Pearson 3. Prentice Hall of India 8. III Edn. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length. A Text Book of Engineering Physics. each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules). From each module. Introduction to Special Relativity. LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. Fiber Optics . Phasor Books. 4. Holography.. Optical resonant cavity. M Ali Omar. Advanced Engineering Physics . Introduction to Electrodynamics. Pearson 2. Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire 3. Computer stimulation – superposition of waves. Mechanics. Optics. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients.. Ram Prasad & Sons 4. Statistical Mechanics.A. 8. II Edn. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit. XI Edn. S O Pillai. IV Edn. Hassan et al.. III Edn. Robert Resnick . Pearson 5. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light. Richard L Libboff.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. . John Willey and Sons 10. Applications. Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light. each of 10 marks. 7. 10. Fermi energy. . in 3 hour duration.formula. 5. Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. Vivo Books 12. The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. Donald A Mcquarrie. John R Taylor.. Types of optical fibers... Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture. Pearson 9. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film.C. Introduction to Optics. Eugene Hecht. Frank & Leno. 2. Solid State Physics. Population inversion and stimulated emission. Kollam. David J Griffiths. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks. Premlet. Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). Pearson 6. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. University Physics. J. 13. REFERENCE: 1. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Helium-Neon Laser. Sears & Zemansky . Pearson 11. Trivandrum 14. 9. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks. T.. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. Nanotechnology. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. Elementary Solid State Physics. Upadhyaya. New Age International Publishers 7. 19 . Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays. IV Edn. Aswathy Publishers. B. Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. 11. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). 6..

Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation.BOD and COD.Classifications. cationic. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers.Priming and foaming. Injection.Lithium-ion cell. Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application).Helmotz double layer.Nernst equation and application. (5hrs) Protective coatings.Air pollution.Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression. .General principles.Chemical conversion coatings. electro dialysis.synthetic rubbers (Buna-S.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique).High performance liquid chromatography.structure of natural rubber.Related problems. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal.Concentration cells. Differential thermal analysis and applications.Nickel cadmium cell. Bakelite.Galvanic series.Secondary cells. anionic and coordination polymarisation). (2hrs) 20 . Elastomers. PET. oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations).Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano EDTA method.Types of hardness. Galvanic corrosion) .Silicon polymers. NMR spectra (Basic principle. Nylon.Domestic water treatment.Fuel cells. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography.Reference electrodes.Electrode potential.vulcanisation.Lead acid cell.Biodegradable plastics.Origin of electrode potential.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Credit: 6 MODULE-1 Electrochemistry . PVA.Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.Estimation of hardness. polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its applications. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application).Sludge and scales in boilers. Urea formaldehyde resin.Anaerobic and USAB processes. properties and uses of PVC. cathodic protection).Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion. Stress corrosion.Saturated calomel electrode.Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods.Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes. carbonate.Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base.Degree of hardness.Metallic coatings.Beer Lamberts law.Standared hydrogen electrode.Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors.paint (4hrs) Nano materials.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Waste water treatment. PMMA.Electrodes. phosphate and calgon conditioning).Gas chromatography. free radical. (2hrs) Spectroscopy.Distillation). chemical shift.Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion).Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention. Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline. (12hrs) Corrosion and its control. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment.Aerobic . Lime-soda process.CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution.

11.C. 7. Material Science and engineering.Glasstone . Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA.flash and fire point. D.Manufacture of Portland cement.K.Klauhunde. S. L. 2. Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s and pour point.C. 6. Instrumental methods of analysis 2. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water. Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter.Goodby . Dean .aniline value. B. Jain. Nagarajan . Engineering Chemistry 12.Fuels. Ane Students Edition.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal. 10. De .Venkappayya & S. Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode. A first course 7. Estimation of copper in brass. P. Elements of Material science and Engineering 8.A. Merrit and J. 8. 5. Polymer science 5.Gonser . B. J.W. A text book of physical chemistry 10. H. Estimation of COD in sewage water. (4hrs) Cement. Thiruvananthapuram 21 . L.solid and liquid lubricant.R.Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Bio-diesel (5hrs) Lubricants. Potentiometric titrations.W. Kuriakose and J.Calorific value. Environmental Chemistry 3. Shashi Chawla . Gopalan. K. Nanoscale materials in chemistry 4.L.HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula . Juhaina Ahad . 12. Modern materials 6. A text book of Engineering Chemistry 13. R. J. 9. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1.J. Engineering Chemistry 11.Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication. A. Gowariker . Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically. R. Rajaram .H. 3. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology volume I & II 15. Engineering Chemistry. Van Vlack .Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. Engineering Chemistry 14. Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite. Chemistry of liquid crystals 9. Willard. REFERENCES 1.A. V.Raghavan. Estimation of dissolved oxygen. 4.

section of simple solids cut by parallel. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. Benefits of CAD. cylinder. scaling of figures. General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed 22 . (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves Types of projections. octahedron. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method. cylinder. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. symbols and drawing instruments. Various Soft wares for CAD. perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. Involute of a circle. Projections of points and lines. dimensioning. Demonstration of any one CAD software.L-T-P: 1-0-2 08.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. frustum of solids and also their combinations. tetrahedron. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. Archimedian spiral. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms. definition of perspective terminology. pyramids. Lines. Determination of true length. Their projections and true shape of cut sections. pyramids. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. lettering. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale. pyramids. cone. cone sphere. Principles of Orthographic PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: projection.104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Credit: 6 INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. sphere and their auxiliary projections. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms.

Varghese. John.I. P.(ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4.C.N. Engineering Graphics 6. Bhatt . Engineering Drawing 7. Gill. except from CAD. K. Engineering Drawing 3.R. Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. Luzadder and Duff . (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34 __________ 100 REFERENCES 1. N. Gopalakrishnan. P. Engineering Graphics 23 . K. Thamaraselvi. Anil Kumar. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2.S. Engineering Drawing 8. D. K. Venugopal . Engineering Graphics 9. Engineering Graphics 5. K.

types of beams .types of loading.Conditions of equilibrium. Vector approach.Lami’s theorem.basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics.principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution.Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force. couple. wheel rolling without slipping. H. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum. Relative velocity . Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only).105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS Credit: 6 MODULE I (20 HRS) Idealizations of Mechanics. “Engineering Mechanics”. Irving. method of resolution. REFERENCES: 1. Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4.Motion of lift. Popov.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas. motion of connecting rod and piston. Momentum.D’Alembert’s principle.Work-Energy principle-Impulse.cone of friction. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”. motion of link. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction. New Delhi. 1966. Forces in space. 2005.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems.ladder friction. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane. Pearson Education.Varignon’s theorem. H. 3.Newton’s laws of translatory motion.2007 24 . Curvilinear motion. Shames.Motion of connected bodies. Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems.centroid of composite areas.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods.D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas.(simple problems) Types of supports . Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems.. Power and Energy .wedge friction. Prentice Hall Book Company. equations of equilibrium. properties of couple.Mass moment of inertia of rings. Beer & Johnston.Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading. Timoshenko S. 2. MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces. Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams. “Engineering Mechanics”. & Young D.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems . “Mechanics of Solids”. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse. MODULE III (20 HRS) Work. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies.

2003. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:.Statics and Dynamics” .Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60). Benjamin J. Delhi.. New Delhi. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. 6. 7. & Sankarasubramanian G..2004 8. “Engineering Mechanics. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors. Tayal A K.5. Umesh Publications. “Engineering Mechanics”. Rajasekaran S.. Kumar K. 1998. Kollam.L. 5 marks each. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module. 25 . “Engineering Mechanics”. New Delhi. “Engineering Mechanics”.

Steel-common types used in construction.desirable qualities of stone and brick. Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete.plywood. emulsion & distemper. Contour maps (Brief description only). HYSD Steel and their properties. 26 . Doors.Tape correction (problems).materials used for the construction of doors and windows .Errors .Principles of leveling . brick masonry –Types. AC Sheet.106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying. Compressive strength -IS Specifications. Computation of areas .Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting . Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only). granite and synthetic materials. and water.Ranging out survey linesTaking measurements of sloping ground . Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete. Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof. ramps (brief description only).L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. holding the staff.mosaic tiles. Partition: Materials used for making partition . Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings .Components of buildings.Mild Steel.Introduction to Distomat. steel & Aluminium. Simpson’s rule (examples). Selection of roof covering materials. Trapezoidal rule. Tests on Cement .Level (Dumpy Level.Temporary adjustments of a level. marble. Flooring: Types .consistency.brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. ceramic tiles. windows & ventilators : Types .wood. escalators and elevators.stone masonry. Isolated footing.recording measurements in the field book . reading the staff .Tape & chain only . Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only).types of buildings .Mid ordinate rule. initial and final setting times. Plastering: Mortar – properties . Plumbing services. aggregate. Levelling: Levelling instruments . Linear Measurements: Direct measurements .enamel. Qualities of ingredients (brief description only). average ordinate rule.Types of paint . Measurements in levelling . sloping roof Concrete roof. tiled roof. Super structure: Masonry .plastered. GI Sheet . Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff.cement.Spread footing. particle boards & glass. Combined footing. wood and steel surfaces. Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types. Foundation: Different types . PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients.reduction of level height of collimation method only (simple examples).

New Delhi. Rangwala.Delhi. New York. Part I and part II.REFERENCE: 1. “Construction and Technology” 9. B. S. 1957 8. “Building Construction” .Kollam. 1990 7. Charotar Publishing House. Rangwala. American Elsevier Publishing Company. Vertical Transportation for Buildings. Adler R. “Surveying & Leveling” Vol. Roy.. for 40 marks.Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts. (20 X 3 = 60) 27 . 2004 3. – I. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each. Charotar Publishing House.. “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications.C Punmia.2004 6. 10. Part II is to cover 3 modules..”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books. 2001 4. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus.Charotar publishing house.N. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal .K. Modern Publishing House distributor. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered. Santha Minu..1970 2.. Building Materials. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd. 2004 5. Jha and Sinha. Rangwala.. “Building Construction”. Moorthy. “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India.“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”.

Babcock and Wilcox boiler.reciprocating and centrifugal. rolling. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler. There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. rope and gear drives-types. gas turbine cycles. “Workshop Technology” 7. grinding. Smith and Zuirys. gear trains (no derivations).turning. ignition system and governing system. This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. Gill. “Automobile Engineering” 5. Roy and Choudhary.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system. application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1. Ostwald and Begeman.impulse and reaction. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants. thread cutting. First law. CFC free refrigerants. R K Bensal. A brief description of CRDI. blower. drilling. Non conventional machining . 28 . Crouse. welding.107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law. Vapor compression refrigeration system. Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only).compressors . Benson boilerfluidized bed combustion. centrifugal and jet pumps. “Manufacturing processes” 4. Hajra Choudhary. soldering and brazing Machining processes. single plate clutch. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories. MPFI. MODULE II Principles and fields of application of . Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. Amstead. shaping. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. milling (simple sketches and short notes). steam and hydraulic turbines. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8.Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. pumps. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc. taper turning. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. forging. Part II is to cover 3 modules. Note: The question paper will consist of two parts.concept of reversibility and entropy.reciprocating. J Benjamin. “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3. Second law of thermodynamics. Spalding and Cole. fuel system. “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric.

Protective fuses. Bulk transmission of electric power .generation of three phase voltage .plate and pipe earthing.. Mitlle. final equations of Vrms.typical electrical power transmission scheme .08. DP Kothari. Prentice Hall of India. Rectifiers & power supplies . “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”.MMF. -fluorescent lamps. thermal and nuclear power plants.substations . wind. principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode.j notation . dynamic & static resistance.phasor representation . V. Working of simple zener voltage regulator. Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method). Alternating current fundamentals . Schematic layout of LT switchboards. Tata McGraw Hill. MODULE – II Transformers . Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS. Renewable energy sources solar.average and rms values . Phasor representation of alternating quantities .EMF equation . flux density. ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case.Magnetic Circuits and reactive components.inductance. wave and geothermal energy.Principle of operation . tidal. field strength. Block schematic of layout of generating stations . Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations.need for high transmission voltage .generation of alternating currents – waveforms frequency . energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes .block diagram description of a dc power supply. Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance .constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. 2000. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy meter. & LED.rectangular polar and exponential forms.self and s mutual induction . Working of incandescent lamps. Transducers – Resistance strain guage. thermistor.statically induced and dynamically induced emf . principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. Three phase systems . 29 . Review of electromagnetic induction Faradays laws.form factor. LVDT REFERENCES 1. Solution of RL. RC and RLC series circuits. V-I characteristics.period .substation equipments. circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier. Lenz' law . ELCBs and switches.hydroelectric. Solar cell. Earthing of installations . 2.PN junction diodes. principle of Photo diode. LJ Nagrath. MCBs.phasor representation three wire and four wire systems.108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6 MODULE – I Elementary concepts .Kirchoffs laws . Vdc. “Basic Electrical Engineering”.necessity of earthing . reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits.power and power factor in ac circuits . and delta connection relation between phase and line values of voltage and current .

Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each). 1992. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. Sarma G. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks. 12. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”.S. S Chand & Co. “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”.3. 5. Rashid. N. Tata McGraw Hill.Bhargava. Phaser Books. Muhammad H. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. . 1992. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems". TP Imthias Ahmed. Gopakumar.N. “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. “Power Electronic Circuits. Kollam 6. 2002. Premlet. Rangan C. ML Soni.V.. 4. Francis M Fernandez. Pearson education. Volume I. and Mani V.S.R. Devices and Applications”.One out of two or two out of four from each module). Rajath Publishers. New Delhi. Millman and Halkias. PU Guptha. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”. New Delhi 1997 10. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems".L. Pearson Education. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. Kollam 7.Phasor Books. Tata McGraw Hill 11.. Asia 2003. Thereja.. 9. B. 30 . Edward Hughes. Ernakulam. B. (50% choice.

block diagram of CRO. crystal growth. need of proper biasing. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. ion implantation.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors. common emitter & common collector configurations. MESFET and MOSFET. photolithography. AB and Class C power amplifiers. input & output resistances and applications. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver. applications of radar in measurements and navigation. B. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. bandwidths. non inverting amplifier. integrator and comparator. typical doping. (5 hrs) Credits: 6 31 .principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver. working of NPN transistor.APD). (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. concept of geo-stationary satellite. function of each component in the circuit. comparison of AM & FM. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. principle of AM &FM demodulation. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. frequency response. flip flop (JK). basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. factors affecting range. concepts of class A. working principles of oscillators. working principle of CRT. measurements using CRO. frequency bands used. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth. current gain of each. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. analog and digital ICs. principle and block diagram of function generator. advantages of optical communication. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver. concepts of feedback. epitaxy. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. comparison with BJT. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon. advantages of satellite communication.08. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. block schematics of pulsed radar. circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. CCTV system. basic principles of HDTV. concepts of common base. ideal operational amplifier. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS).interlaced scanning. wafer preparation. (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands. structure. principle of light transmission through fiber. unit process: oxidation. basic principles of cableTV. summing amplifier.use as inverting amplifier. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. realization of logic functions. wave forms. deposition. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber. diffusion. satellite transponder.

[Module 2(a)] 7. N N Bhargava. Bell. Computer Architecture.S C Gupta. parity checking. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective.TCP/IP. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. frequency reuse. Gulati.Firewall. (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications.modem. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus. TMH 8.WAN &World wide web. 5th edition.E. PSK. and carries 40 marks. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.XML. operating systems.circuit switching and packet switching. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1. Circuits and IT fundamentals. ITL Education Solution Ltd.Phasor Publisher’s. caches. FSK. bridge. New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10. PHI 5. Louis.. Introduction to web languages-HTML . Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. TMH 3. William Stallings. Santiram Kal. network topologies. Wireless Communications and Networks. Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. R. memory hierarchy. analog and digital data transmission. WLL & GPRS technologies. communication protocols.MAN. network devices. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. Neil H E Weste. domain names. PHI 2. virtual memory.principle of CDMA. Introduction to Electronics & Communication . digital modulation techniques. network interface unit .Moris Mano. M. 3rd edition. K Gopakumar.R. Part II is to cover 3 modules.basic principles of router. and carries 60 marks. switching technologies. switch.Kamran Eshraghian. PHI . network security.D C path and control. LAN. Introduction to Information Technology. Basic Electronics – Devices. PCM . digitization of wave forms. basic concepts of error detection . 4. 32 . Pearson Education. Pearson Education. transmission media. principle and block diagram of GSM. Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges. internetworking concepts. (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . Monochrome and Colour Television. David A. 2008 9. concepts of cells. 2008.Frenzel.server computing. microprocessors .ASK. IP addresses. main memory.

Male and female joints. F. Lathe and Drilling machine. D. T joint. Dove tail joint. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. B. T joint and Lap joint. D and E only. drilling and tapping. Plumbing: Study of tools. Joints – Cross joint. marking and sawing.08. cutting. trays and containers. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. 33 . Practice on riveted joints. Practice in planning. Stepped joints. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. Demonstration on forging of square prism. E: Foundry: Study of tools. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs. Welding: Study of welding machines.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS L-T-P/D. Straight line practices. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. Fitting: Study of tools. 0-0-2 Credits: 6 A. Study of pipe joints. Preparing tube joints. B. T bolt and Eye bolt. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. Preparation of sand. G: Smithy: Study of tools. moulding practice and demonstration of casting. Use of special tools in plumbing work. Practice in filing. frustums. Making of Butt joint. chiseling. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. cutting. hexagonal bolt. C.

Fourier sine and cosine transforms . B. Higher Engineering Mathematics.V. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients.Ramana. 8th Wiley Eastern. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formationof PDE. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Half range expansions. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence. Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. 3. Credits: 4 34 . Odd and even functions. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Khanna Publishers. Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transforms. solution by seperation of variables. 2. Greens theorem in the plane. Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. Peter O Neil. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. 5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.08. 4. References 1. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHBTA) Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only). Kreyszig. Area enclosed by plane curves. Solution of Lagranges linear equation.S. Pearson Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II L-T-P/D. Michel D Greenberg.Volume of solids. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Each question carries 20 marks. inverse Fourier transforms. B.Grewal.Change of order of integration.Triple integrals.Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof).

Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting. K.Method of Balancing accounts. Rudder Dutt and K. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answers in separate answer books. Hal R. Modern Economic theory 2.M. Michael – Todaro.G.the journal proper (simple problems).ECONOMICS (2 periods per week) Credits: 3 Module – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts . New Delhi. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8. Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module -II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation. D. Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7. Banking.Balance sheet (with simple problems) .Keeping-rules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance. International Trade and Public Finance. Mithani-Money. India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S. Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30) 35 . Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment . Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money. 3.08.Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) References : 1. Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9. 3-0-0 (MPEU) PART I. 5.Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book. Himalaya publishing House.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6. PART II .P.K Dewett. A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. 302 HUMANITIES L-T-P/D. Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd.ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Module III Book.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry.

incompressible and compressible fluids. Subrahmanya. losses and efficiencies. Jagadish Lal. R K Bansal. Eulers equation. Continuity equation. Specific weight. exit. dynamic. Measurement of pressure . Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. bulk modulus. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. I. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes work done and efficiency. Pressure at a point in a fluid.pressure.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps. J. design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines. F.Piezo meter. Robert W. 2. Energies in flowing fluid. Turbulent flow through pipes. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 7. Darcy. Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. specific speed.Density. Rotary motion of liquids – free. friction factor.indicator diagram.08.Poiseuille equation. Chezy’s formula . branching of pipes. Pascal’s Law. Pearson education.Losses at entry. Introduction to fluid dynamics. Performance characteristics-multistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps. Hydraulic Machines Credits: 5 36 . John Wiley and sons 3. Type Number– Characteristic curves. priming. jet ratio & work done . Bernoulli’s equation. rate of shear strain. vane pump and lobe done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements. pressure gauges. manometers. Shames. static and total head.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. Laminar and Turbulent flow. FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES L-T-D: 4-1-0 (MPU) Module – I Properties of fluid . head loss due to friction. K. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants. Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids.Velocity measurements. compressibility. Douglas. (TMH) 4.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs). Compound pipes. Mechanics of fluids 6. siphon effect. velocity. workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio. gear pumps. H. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers References : 1. head . surface tension. real and ideal fluids. Atmospheric pressure. Mody’s chart.rotodynamic pumpscentrifugal pump impeller.Venturi and Orifce meters.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube.weisbach equation. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh method.reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation . Fox. Hagen. Newton’s law of viscosity. Fluid Mechanics. casings –manometric head. efficiency and losses. forced and spiral vortex flows. Reynolds number.

Tata McGraw-Hill Note The question paper shall contain two parts. S Govinda Rao. Fluid Mechanics & Machines . 37 . 9. Each question carries 20 marks. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Fluid Mechanics.Rajput. R. 11.A & PART – B Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Standard Publishers. Fluid flow mechanics Yunus A Cengel. Hydraulic Machines D S Kumar. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines Modi & Seth.8. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ).K. John M Cimbala. 12. 10. N. PART.

volumetric strain.08. Concept of stress and strain tensor. Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints. 5 Singh G. New Delhi. normal strain and shear strain. New Delhi. Mechanics of Materials. Gere. Hooke’s law. composite bars. Slope and deflection of beams. definition of plane stress. Strength of materials.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads. lateral strain.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS L-T-D: 3-1-0 (MPU) Module I Credits : 4 Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress. CBS Publishers & Distributors. Engineering Mechanics of solids. Theory of simple bending-bending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. and J. modulus of rigidity. Ane Books India. One out of Two from each module) 1 2 3 4 38 .Junarkar. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling load-Eulers equation.B.S. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Strength of Materials Timoshenko S. D. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. modulus of elasticity. concept of strain.P. deformation of axially loaded bars.M. constitutive relation. Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shellsLame’s equation – compound cylinders. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle.. Srinath. bulk modulus of elasticity.Macaulay’s method. thermal stress. Poisson’s ratio. circular and I sections. plane strain and examples.PHI Timoshenko. principle of superposition. relationship between elastic constants. 6 L.deflection differential equation. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. generalised Hooke’s law. Strain energy due to axial loads. load. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams. members with varying cross section. References : S. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II Egor P Popov. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration.

psychometric chart. Convection. T. working. C.08.Layout. efficiencies. Absorption refrigeration. two stage compression. 305 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Heat transfer.C.Ammonia –water system and Electrolex system. Vapour refrigeration cycle-layout.L Ballaney Refrigeration & Air conditioning.. evaporator.Classifications-open closed and semi closed cycle and working cycles. 2. reciprocating compressor-p-v diagram. the factors influencing the load calculation. effect of sub cooling and superheatingLiquid suction heat exchanger. reflectivity and transmissivity. Module III Refrigeration-Definition. optimum pressure ratio.J P Holman Applied Thermo Dynamics for Engineering. effect of variation in pressure. work output. Note The question paper shall contain two parts. Factors affecting conductivity. volumetric efficiency and free air delivered (FAD). Radiation-Stefan Boltzman law. Heat exchangers-Classification-Parallel flow. heat transfer coefficient. method of improving COP. Unit.P .A & PART – B 1. simple saturated cycle.Eastop and A McConkay. intercooling.classifications. Buckingham’s Π theorem and its application to Natural and forced convection heat transfer. thermal conductivity and thermal resistance.R.P Arora Fundamentals of engineering Heat and Mass Transfer. work done. effect of clearance. One-dimensional conduction through plane wall. 6. absorptivity. Fans and Blowers-classification.General Heat Conduction Equation in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates. overall heat transfer coefficient. PART. Thermal Engineering. Rotary compressors. effect of intercooling. emissivity. 3. 4. Load Calculation in air conditioning systems.Newton law of cooling. Critical radius and its significance. variation of temperature. Analysis of Heat Exchangers –LMTD and NTU methods Module II Compressors-Classifications. Air conditioning. Pearson Education. Bell Coleman cycle. condenser. effect of regeneration.psychrometry-basic definitions. Reference: Thermal Engineering.Modes of heat transfer. efficiency. working and field of applications (description only) Gas turbines. emissive power. Log mean area. Air cycles-reversed Carnot cycle. hollow cylinder. Radiation heat transfer between infinite parallel plates. reheating-. Credits : 4 39 . COP. Fourier law of heat conduction. hollow spheres and their composites. Rajput. Grey body – Kirchoffs law. counter flow. wet and superheated cycle. 5. Concept of black body. T-s and p-h diagram.D. psychometric processproblems. Sachdeva Heat Transfer .

Each question carries 20 marks. 40 .Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module.

University examination duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions. quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings. 1-0-2 41 . single strap and double strap). Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. Knuckle Joint. Chakrabarti M. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint. forms of rivet heads. (2x10=20 marks).Varghese. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch. 3.Gill. Drawing & Estimation Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. Plummer block. BIS standards Module-1 Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations. It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. lock nuts. Balagopal. foundation bolts. Building drawing and detailing.N. Dutta B. References: 1. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building. residential building (RCC and tiled roof. References: 1. Module-2 Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut.R. Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. P.Prabhu.08. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks. Machine Drawing 2. Machine Drawing 4. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING L-T-D: 1-0-4 PART . The second question is from Module 2. Bushed Pin flexible coupling. 3. N. types of sectional views.Vincent Paul. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks.S. Bhatt. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint.S. Conventions-Dimensioning techniques. Machine Drawing PART – B Civil Engg. 2. Pipe joint-socket and spigot. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering.A (MPU) Machine Drawing 0-0-2 Credits : 5 Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows).I. Rigid flange couplings.. P. Part B (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each. Parkinson.D. Machine Drawing. different types of keys.. single storied and two storied). factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries.

4. Study of meters. 6.centrifugal – reciprocating. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. 3. Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6.impact and reaction types.308 FLUID MECHANICS LAB L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 1. Study of Turbines. flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB (MPU) Credits : 2 Experiments 1. Study of pumps. but viva shall be asked. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines 42 . stop valve. vacuum gauge. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only. manometers. Shear test on MS Rod 3. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 8. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches. Duration: 3 hrs. Determination of coefficient and discharge of an orifice by the time of emptying method and Constant head method. Determination of Darcy’s coefficients. Torsion test on MS Rod 4. 2.pressure gauge.L-T-D: 0-0-2 08. Bending test on Wood 9. venturi meters and orifice meters. Hydraulic coefficient of a circular orifice.) Scheme of Examination:Exam. Test on Mild Steel. 08. Determination of metacentric height and Centre of pressure of floating bodies. 7. 5. gauges and valves . gate valve and foot valve. Aluminium and Brass wire 5. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2.

Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods. 2. Greenberg. 6. Evaluation of real definite integrals2 ∞ f (sin θ . Eulers method. w=z2 .Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. −∞ 43 . f (x ) dx with no poles of f (z ) 0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. Numerical Methods with programming. O’neil.S Grewal.Sastry. 3. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHB) Module I Credits 4 Complex Differentiation: Limits . Weiley Eastern. Introductory methods of numerical analysis.) References: 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Newton.08. w=sin z .Ramachandran. Pearson. B. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Veerarajan and T. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method. Lagranges interpolation formula. Peter v. B. 7.w=cos z .401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III L-T-P/D. Khanna Publishers. C T. Thomson Pub. Erwin Kreizig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule. Tata Mc Graw hill. cosθ ) dθ .Raphson method.Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula.V Ramana. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . 5. S. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities – Residues and residue theorem.Numerical integration. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z . Examination Duration: 3 hours Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method. w=z+1/ z .S.Each question carries 20 marks. 4. regula false method. Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions.continuity and differentiation of complex functions.

44 . Prentice Hall. member function. Balaguruswamy. C. E. recursion. Functions with default arguments. boolean. Data types – integer.ifstream. Input and output streams. 7. arithmetic. constructor and destructor. character. Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. predefined classes. initialization. Statements – simple & compound. Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Nabajyothi barkakati. relational. break and continue statements. Object Oriented Programming with C++. 4. Gerald and P.F. class flies. 3-1-0 (MNPU) Credits 4 Module – I Introduction to Computer programming concept . Constant and Variables. pointers. while. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference. TataMcgraw Hill. increment & decrement.inline functions. Functions. Pearson Education. dowhile. 3. string. Identifiers. Pearson Education. Numerical Methods. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional.Algorithm and flow chart. function over loading.08. 5. for loop. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1. array and pointer. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one each from module. A Hands on Approach.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS L-T-P/D. Stability and convergence of solution. Input/output stream libray . Learning C++. Key words. TataMcgraw Hill. Applied Numerical Analysis . Jaico publications. Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. member access. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object. Escape sequences. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . friend declaration. Ashok M. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. real. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ). Operator overloading. Each question carries 20 marks. comma and bitwise operators. class objects. Lagrange. private & public member function.O. conditional.definition. Simple programs using above features. fstream. (3x 20 = 60 ). Operators – assignment.base class and derived class.Wheatley. Inheritance. declaration statements. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. The question paper shall contain two parts (Part A and Part B). Balaguruswamy. Hermite and Spline techniques. C++ Primer. data members. Control statements -if. 6. Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. Simple problems using the above features. sizeof. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. logical. ofstream . 2. Pearson Education. switch. Lippman and Josee Lajoie. Nagler.Inverse interpolation. if-else. Stanley B. enumeration. Kamthane. Aitken.

W. Frank-Read source. Brittle fracture. Thermal. 9. Recovery.S. Material Science Vol-I. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth. Ductile fracture.Richards. Fick’s Laws. Hume Rothery’s rule. Properties. 3. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram. Griffith’s crack theory. Properties. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials. 7. Introduction of Engineering materials. Plasma spraying. Heat treatment processes. R.Induction hardening.Effect of various alloying elements. CVD.K. composition and uses of Copper.III. Nitriding.Kataria &Sons. Effects of various alloying elements. space lattice. Solid solutions. References : 1. Indroduction to Material Science.W. 6. Energy balance approach. Metallic bonds. 5. De-lamination theory. Isothermal TTT diagrams. Aluminum. Electrical.IV. Magnetic. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. Eutectoid. Advanced Material Science. Creep mechanism. Module II Diffusion mechanism. Dielectric properties. Critical shear stress. 4. Smart materials. Introduction to Ceramics.. Titanium and its alloys. service and economic considerations. Nano materials. Twinning.Rajput. crystal structure. William D. Slip. Miller indices. Elements of Materials Science. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Material Science and Engineering. Surface treatments. Significance of fracture mechanics. Wulff-Series. 8.K.K. 10. allotropy and polymorphism.Callister. imperfections in crystals. John Wiley. Case Hardening. Factors affecting plastic deformation. types of unit cells. B. Serope Kalpakjain et al. one out of two from each module) 45 . Physical Mechanical. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and uses-Equilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions. 2. L. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels . Dislocation. Critical cooling rate. Hardenability tests. Carburising. Mechanical Metallurgy. Dieter. Theory of alloys. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. Fatigue crack growth. Engineering Material Science.Lakhtin. Precipitation hardening.II. Impact test.K.Van Wlanck. co-ordination number.Dogra & A. Y. Cynading. atomic packing factor. Engg Physical Metallurgy.08. Gibb’phase rule. Composites.Agrawal.K. Nuclear. Factors leading to crack formation. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 (MP) Module I Credits : 4 Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties. Tata McGraw Hill. deformation temperature. PVD.Sharma. Manufacuring Engg and Technology. R. Strain hardening. Ductile-brittle transition in steels. Fatigue mechanism. Thermal spraying. D-Gun spraying. C. Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts.

Hydro forming. Solidification of castings: mechanism of dentritic growth. Drawing of rods. press forging. ingredients and the properties of moulding sand. Module II Special casting process: Permanent mould casting. sand conditioning and reclamation. Campbell Production technology. riser shake. size and location. HERF –Explosive forming. centrifugal casting. wires and tubes. Roy A. Pearson Education Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Semi-finished and finished roll products. Lal Metal Process engineering. Jain and Gupta Foundry technology. 8. Sand moulding procedure. gating ratio. Electromagnetic forming Module III Forging: Classification of forging. Sand testing methods. Core making: types. smith forging. Lindberg. solidification rate and time. Defects in rolling special products like tube. Forming and Welding.N. 7. bending. Processes and applications of metal spinning and stretch forming processes. types of sand moulding and moulding sand. CO2 process. drop forging. Rolling mills and their classification. one out of two from each module) 46 . 5. Chvorinov’s rule. characteristic forged products.Rao. Reference: 1. 2. die casting alloys. Pearson Education. gating system. methods and applications. process involving shearing. properties and ingredients of core sand. 4. Press working. drawing and squeezing application. shell moulding. Precision investment casting. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry. forging hammer and forging press. forging process. die casting. design of sprue. Casting defects: causes and remedies. ASM metal Hand Book Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Poulukhin Processes and Materials of Manufacture. Gating and risering: functions of gating and risering system. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. 3. pattern materials. 404 L-T-P/D : 2-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS –I Credits : 3 Module-I General introduction to classification of production process: Foundry: Pattern making. wheel and tyre. types of pattern.08. Rolling: Principles of metal rolling. Roll passes. Riser design. Forging dies. Extrusion: process. forging defects. pattern allowances. pattern design. Tata McGrawHill. 6. P. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Principles of manufacturing materials and process. Expandable pattern casting (lost form). upset forging.

operations.coolants used-Factors governing wheel selectionblocking and dressing. Grinding machines. tool and cutter grinders. reaming.main parts and functions. deep hole drilling. examples of work done. Processes and material manufacture 5. speed and feed for turning. Module.main parts and functions.Capstan. Production Technology 3. Machine Tools Vol. Boring machines.08 . Honing and lapping. centreless grinding and surface grinding operations. J.I Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools. Drilling machinestypes and specifications. operations. operations. Work shop Technology Part 3 6.types and specifications. applications and essential difference from engine lathe. drives adopted and tools used.specifications. Champonen . milling operations. Copying. Cutting action of grinding wheels.Cutting speed and feeds.Richard R Kibbe. boring machines. indexing-simple. Module.III Milling machines. planning. Pearson education Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Reference : 1. Turret. Machine Tool Practices -Hajre Chaudhery -HMT -R. compound and differential. main parts and functions. cylindrical grinding. types of milling cutters. Pearson Education. one out of two from each module) 47 . and slotting machines . drilling tool nomenclature. -W. work and tool holding devices. Production Technology 4. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes . Milling of spur and helical gears.II Shaping. Thread grinding. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). turning time calculations. K. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice.their working principles. work and tool holding devices. Lathes: Engine Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices. profile grinding. Types of lathes . 2 2. A. lathe operations and cutting tools used. 405 L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS – I Credits : 4 Module. main parts and functions. Jain -Roy A Lindburg. plain. main parts and functions.

Machine Drawing.Gill 4.406 L-T-P/D : 0-0-4 PRODUCTION DRAWING Credits : 4 Module-1 Information to be furnished in drawings.I. Note: The question paper shall contain 2 questions. indication of production method. Engine parts – Piston and Connecting Rod.C.D.Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings. Reference 1. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing).S. tool post. Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing.Stop valve for boilers. surface treatment. ND Junnarkar. I. The first question is from Module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 to be answered (2x10=20marks). N. Valve .08. Machine Drawing .indication of surface roughness. Tool head for shaping machine. Machine Drawing. Machine Drawing. The second question is from Module-2 carries 80 marks and is a compulsory question.Fits and Tolerances. Bench vice and Machine vice.Lathe tail stock. Pearson Education 48 . screw jack. Machine parts . P. Machine Drawing. Bhatt 2. form tolerance and position tolerance. spindle. Parkinson 5. Plummer block and foot step bearing. Ramsbottom safety valve and lever safety valve. IS specifications. P. Surface texture.Varghese 3.

Shaping Machines: Study of tools and accessories. Drilling machines: . exercise on shaping flat surfaces and V-groove 3. groove (ball and cup) and thread cutting. Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 5.Study of tools and accessories. Repairing of I C engines – tools and accessories used for it 4.all systems and parts b) Petrol engines .E. exercise on drilling machines.all systems and parts 2.P b) Heat Balance test i.P and B. 08. 407 ME LAB Credits : 3 1. Experiment on I C Engines a) Load test to obtain performance curves based on B. exercise on plane and taper turning.L-T-D: 0-0-3 08. Morse test on petrol engine. liquid and gaseous fuels using Bomb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 7.C engines :a) Diesel engines . Determination of calorific value of solid. Study of pollution testing equipment and flue gas analyser 3. Heat exchanger method ii. 2.M. Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 6. Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 8. Flue gas analysis method iii. 408 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 MACHINE TOOLS LAB Credits : 3 1. Study of I. Lathe: Study of tools and accessories. 49 .

uniform and exponential distributions .Linear correlation and regression .Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions Optimal solution .Hypothesis concerning a mean. Poisson. 50 .Normal distribution .Mean and Variance of the above distributions . Hadly. 2.08. Operations Research.501 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU) Credits : 4 Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions Probability distribution (density) functions .Hypothesis concerning one proportion. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Slack and surplus variables .Fitting a straight line .Fitting a parabola . Probability and Random Processes. Philips.Solution of LPP basic solution .Mean and Variance Simple problems. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.graphical solution . uniform. exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting . 4.Distribution functions . Pearson G. .Principle of least squares . Solberg.Properties of normal distribution . Equality of means .Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1.Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation .Formation of LPP .Solution by simplex method .Standard error . Addison Wesley Ravindran. Part A and Part B.Computing probabilities using Binomial. Poisson. T.Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Module III Linear programming . 3. II and III. Linear Programming.Big-M method Canonical form of LPP . Johnson.Basic feasible solution .Sampling distributions .Artificial variables .Binomial.Estimation . Veerarajan. difference of two proportions.Duality in LPP .Standard form .Testing of Hypothesis . Probability and statistics for engineers. TMH Richard A. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Wiley University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.General linear programming problem .

instrument transformers.K.R & Vandana Singal University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 4. occ and load characteristics. Separately excited.efficiency calculations. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics. Principles of starting. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).maximum efficiency – allday efficiency – simple numerical problems.slip ring and squirrel cage types.Theraja Art and utilization of electric energy – Partab Principles of electrical and electronics – V. General idea of armature reaction.methods of starting. References: 1.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor.torque slip characteristics.B.08.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting Module-III Single phase motors. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field. 51 . Auto transformers constant voltage transformer.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method. Part A and Part B. II and III. Metha Fundamentals of electric machines – Guptha . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.simple numerical problems.stepper motor. losses and efficiency – load test. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).simple numerical problems. compound generators. torque and power with motor current.vector diagrams. Three phase induction motors.K. Equivalent circuits. Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotivestypes of motors used in traction systems. Principles of operation of synchronous load and blocked rotor tests. 3. Module-II Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation.losses and efficiency – OC and SC tests. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.502 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU) Credits : 4 Module-I DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations. Methods of speed control – methods of braking.B.V curvessynchronous condenser.variations of speed. shunt and series excited DC generators. Circle diagrams.Theraja.L.universal motor Synchronous machines. 2. A. A text book of electrical technology-.

Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage. flat faced or roller followers-. Pearson Education 52 . Myzka. Kinematics of Machines. Introduction to graphical and vector approaches.standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge. band . arc of contact. Pearson Education 8. Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism. (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method -Relative acceleration method –Graphical method . S.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions. Ramamoorthi.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears: Types of gears –Terminology. References 1. Coupler curve.S.Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions.V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches: Plate clutches – Conical clutches –power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe .McGraw Hill of gearing – gear tooth profiles.calculation of minimum number of teeth. Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems).initial tensions. Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types. number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods.graphical layout of cam profiles. Ballaney.interference and under cutting.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods . Theory of machines.Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity.08. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. reverted and epicyclic. Dynamometers. Rattan. Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound. Rachet and pawl mechanisms. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4...Wiley Eastern 3. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik .effect of friction in gears. Rao and Dukkipatti. Mechanism and Machine theory. Transmission angle. Shigley and Uicker. band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology . path of contact. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism. V.. P. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. contact ratio. Mechanics of Machinery.L. Narosa 7.Freudensteins equations. THM 5. Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method. Torque in epicyclic gear trains.

53 . II and III. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part A and Part B. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).

PHI 2. Structure and working of power BJT. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 54 . Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot. Kuo.Principle and applications.504 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. Industrial and power electronics. References 1. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). PHI 4. Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block. peak time. 2nd Edn. Transducers – LED. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. Automatic cotrol system. Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. Principle of PD. Applications for industrial measurement and control.08. New Delhi University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell.. Harish C. Muhammad H Rashid. Photoelectric devices.. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division.TRIAC. addressing modes.. Part A and Part B.principle of operations of APD. PHI. mechanical system. Benjamin C. Power Electronics. Rai. Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. Dielectric heating and Induction heating . Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. DAC. 2nd Edn. application and Design. peak overshoot and falling time. special function registers.response to step input. PI and PID controllers. memory organization. Second order systems . Power Electronics. delay time.Laser diode andThermistors . II and III.Resistance welding-sequence timer. Thomson India edition 3. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems. time domain specifications-rise time. Converters-Single phase half wave and Bridge converters. Ned Mohan. register banks. subtraction. interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. Ayala.Actuators. 6th Edn. Stability of a system-definition-stability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. ADC .Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Transfer function-electrical system. Converters. John Wiley and sons 5.

Little R. under water welding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Residual stresses and stress relieving techniques. Ltd. Reference: 1. Resistance welding processes-their principle. Weldability of cast iron. X ray testing procedures. Atomic Hydrogen welding.O. 55 . disadvantages &application of arc welding. welding electrodes-consumable & non –consumable. joint design. New age International Pub.ASME 3. magnetic particle inspection. welding of plastics.ultrasonic dye penetrant. Khanna Publishers 6. welding of dissimilar metals. welding technique. A.M. percussion and flash welding. submerged arc welding. Principle of operation.L. plain steels and aluminum. filler materials & fluxes. Part A and Part B. Oxy-Acetylene welding. welding equipment. diffusion welding. Thermal effects of welding on welded joints.P. Straight & reverse polarity Principle. Tata McGraw-Hill 2. TIG & MIG welding.Khanna 5. Welding symbols. Welding Process and Technology .S. rare and coated. laser beam welding. Soldering & brazing: Methods & applications. hardness and ductility. ultrasonic welding. Types of joints & edge preparation in welding process. Welding Technology and Design .Rossi 4. equipment. electrode coding. welding equipments. Types of welding flames. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Welding Technology . Welding Technology .08. thermit welding.Radhakrishnan.types . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.505 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS II Credits : 4 Module I Classification and general consideration of metal joining techniques-Pressure Welding Process. seam. advantages. Cold welding & electrical resistance. Gas welding: Principles of gas welding Oxy – Acetylene welding. Microstructure of welded joints. metal arc welding.V. Joint design. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).C. projection. II and III. Welding Engineering Handbook . gas cutting . Defects in welding – their causes and remedies. & D. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Testing of welded joints: Destructive testing of weldments – Strength. Module III Electro slag welding. Heat affected zone.Partner R. Non destructive testing of weldments . electron beam welding. Welding Engineering .C. Module II Electric arc welding: Principle of arc welding. safety precautions in gas welding .spot. plasma arc welding.Field of application of gas welding.

3.08. additional resistance required in the field circuit. Load test on DC series motor 5. Shear and Compressive strength). V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10.observe the waveforms on CRO 56 . Load test on DC shunt motor 6. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator. Determination of . (Tensile. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters. Exercises on different types of welding . input resistance and output resistance 11. 08. MIG welding. split piece and three piece patterns. critical speed. TIG welding. Exercises in making moulds using single piece. Permeability and Moisture content. Load test on single phase transformer 7.determination of critical resistance. Green and Dry strength.508 L-T-D: 0-0-3 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU) Credits : 3 1. Exercises on testing of weld joints – destructive and non–destructive. Gas welding and Resistance welding. Foundry & Casting: Testing of foundry sand and sand mould. 2.Grain size sieve analysis. load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8.506 ELECTIVE I Refer Elective Section 08. Bending. OCC on a DC shunt generator. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Hardness test. Inspection of castings. Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch.507 L-T-D: 0-0-3 PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB Credits : 3 Welding : Preparation of joints.Metal arc welding. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. Melting & pouring practice.

Co-ordinate measuring machine. sine bar.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). Measurement system (Application and Design) – Ernest O Doebelin.R. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness. Part A and Part B. 57 . 6.Limit gauges design. A text book of engineering of metrology. ring.methods of Least Squares. Basic standards of length.Simple problems. Gupta. taper.Systems of limits and fits. Considerations. II and III. Angular measurements using bevel protractors. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Optical Measuring Instruments:. K. accuracy. Module III Transducers:.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears. C. Stress.Mechanical. position gauges etc – merits and demerits. application. Jain 4. CID cameras. Limits and Fits:. Classification of Limit gauge. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. K. calibration.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges. Module II Comparator:.601 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP) Credits : 4 Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision.gauges materials. Optical.Allowance. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution. Reference : 1. Tolerance. Surface Finish. Engineering precision metrology – R. Mechanical and Industrial measurements. Electrical and Electronic comparators. Engineering metrology – R.Gauges tolerance and wear allowance. C.Simple problems. optical dividing head. Interchangeability & selective assembly. clino-meters.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. sensitivity. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.plug.I. Pneumatic. Angle gauges. Taylor’s principles. Jain 3. spirit levels. Hand book of Industrial Metrology – ASME University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Classification.08. Snap gauges. Gupta 5. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Gap.Microscope. 2. Tool makers.

Amithabha Ghosh and Malik.four force members. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9. Theory of Machines 5.Undamped force vibrations. Ramamoorthi. Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel. Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force. II and III.. Pearson Education 4.TMH 7.. Part A and Part B. Shaking forces and moments.Balancing machines. McGrawhill 3.vibration isolation and transmissibility. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Balancing: Static and Dynamic balancing . . Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle – Stabilization of ship.Free vibrations with viscous damping.three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft . -forced vibrations. -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel. 58 . -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers. Elementary Mechanical Vibration & Noise Control.Turning moment diagrams.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed. Transverse vibration – string.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis: Graphical and vector method.08. S S Rattan. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Narosa 6.Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines . Ballaney P.two and three force members. Mechanics of Machinery. Module III Vibration Analysis Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system .logarithmic decrement. V. John Wiley 2.Porter.vibrometers – accelerometers. Shigley and wheel in different applications like IC engines. Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt .Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium. Rao and Dukkipati.. D’Alemberts principle. beam. Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction. . Holowenko.. References 1.Force due to unbalance . Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Mechanisms and Machine theory 8. Lasithan University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Dynamics of Machinery.Method of virtual workPrincipal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque. Natural frequency . -Analysis of mechanisms. Torsional vibrations.geared systems.. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler .L.Two rotor. Gyroscopes: Principle. four wheelers. air planes and ships. different methods of analysis. -Analysis with sliding and pin friction. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Equivalent dynamical systems. Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor . Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed.Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments . Theory of Machines. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.

Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems . New York. Prentice Hall 4. Essex. M. lines. 8. Design Database. Ltd 6. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. New Age Int. Belagundu. design review and evaluation.Subramanyan. 3D modeling: types of models. Daryl Logan. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications. J. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). engineering analysis. Part A and Part B. Methods of defining points. automated drafting.F. interfaces to drafting. Philippe Coiffet. D. "CAD . design Analysis. Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. Jr. John Wiley and son 5. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. Grigore Burdea. 59 .wire frame. Hearn and Baker. User interaction devices. Necessity for CAD. Anderson. CSG and BREP Techniques. University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. Hardware in CADcomponents. " CAD / CAM / CIM ". Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D. scaling. Data communications. McGraw-Hill Book Company.Hill.Adams. " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". Module II Computer graphics. 1998 7. and Basco. A First course in Finite Element Method. concatenation of transformations. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". Mikell P Groover. New Delhi. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 6. surface and solid models. New York 3. Pearson Education. Benefits of CAD. England: Longman Scientific & Technical. Interactive display devices. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).CAM Theory and Practice". Abbott. Computer graphics software. Features of Soild Modeling Packages . New York.Transformation of coordinates. Virtual Reality Technology. 9.formulation of load vector. Design workstation.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. R. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. B. mirroring.CRT.parametric and features. Simple problems with Axial element beam element.. P. Design process – Application of computers in Design. Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm. Virtual Reality: Introduction. D.D. 2D and 3D Transformations– translation. Sadhu Singh. McGraw. Windowing and ClippingCohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm.geometric modeling.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Computer Aided Design – Definition. CAD/CAM. arcs . Isoparametric formulation..Bresenhams algorithm. Ibrahim Zeid.. Thomson Learning 10.linear static analysis. DVST and raster scan displays. Inc.Radhakrishnan and S. Prentice Hall 2. CST element. rotation.A. functions of CG packages. post processing phase.. Design for Manufacture.08.Formulation of stiffness matrix . LCD and plasma discharge displays.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment. References: 1.” Harlow. Computer Graphics. Rogers and J. Khanna Publishers. directed beam refresh. Graphic standards. Data Exchange Formats. II and III.

Mechanical. types and specifications. Production Technology 6. ECM. and tools employed. methods. Upadhayay Sands and Shakespeare Geofrey Boothroyd University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.604 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS II Credits : 4 Module I Broaching machine: Description. Machine tool operation 2. Burghardt Carry and Johnson Raghguvanshi R. Production Technology 5. Powder Metallurgy 9.areas of applications and characteristics of the following operations. surface broaching.and gear finishing.principles of gear hobbing . forming and cutting. honing. valves etc. fundamentals of hydraulic circuits. Process Engineering 3. . surface and continuous broaching machines. Materials for machine tool structures. Machine tool rigidity. hydraulic and combination systems . broach construction.type of pumps. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Manufacturing and application of important P/M components. Operations – keyway broaching. moulding. Broaching: Broaching machines: push. Powder compaction . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Module II Unconventional methods of machining: principle of working . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. pull. CHM. Part A and Part B. AJM. their merits and demerits. II and III. hydraulic circuits for feed and cutting motion. Work shop Technology vol-II 4. References: 1. Gear generating. PAM. super finishing and burnishing –description. Powder metallurgy Manufacture of metal powders. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools McGraw Hill.08. sources.methods of manufacturing. 60 . thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. external and internal spline broaching. Sintering mechanism.gear shaping . Hydraulic copying system.K Jain HMT ASM Vol. Powder Metallurgy 7. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. EBM. Powder Metallurgy 8. effects and elimination of vibration in machine tools Module III Hydraulic circuits. II Gopal S. USM. EDM. mechanical. LBM. Gear manufacturing . Machine tool drives-electrical. Water jet cutting. Finishing operations-lapping.advantages and disadvantages.

Propeller shafts. Gupta Abdulla Sherief R. splines.shear-elastic constants-safe stress-factor of safetybending& Torsion –combined stress-theories of failure –stress concentration –variable stresses-endurance limit-fatigue Factor –Combined steady & variable stress-Gerber.K Jain M.eccentric loading.cotters. shaft couplings-design of rigid & flexible couplings. Design of Machine Elements Jooseph Edward Shigly.classification and uses of springs . Machine Design 6. H.F Spotts.605 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE THEORY AND DESIGN Credits : 4 Module I Definitions-design principles-common engineering materials and their properties-stresses in machine parts-Tension. Khurmi & J. S. Design of leaf springs.types of joints. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Machine Design 5.Mechanical Engg. Shafts-torsion & bending of shafts. Black Schaum’s Series R. Pressure vessels – air receivers – thin and thick cylinders – engine cylinder . Machine Design 7. Part A and Part B. Machine Design 4. - University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Design of pipes and pipe joints.Machine Design 3. Welded joints. Module III Springs.08. keys.stress concentration in welded joints.strength of welds -fillet welds. Referances: 1. Goodman & Soderberg method –impact stress& strain energy. Design of threaded fasteners & power screws.compression. P.spring materials – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of springs. Design 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). II and III. K. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.pins. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Design of Bolted joints. 61 . Module II Design of .hollow shafts.Design of shafts for strength & stiffness-Effects of -Keyways.

Introduction to Solid modeling. Part A – 40 marks from modeling. 4. 3. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. Viva – 20 marks. angle gauges. b. Angular measurements using Bevel protractors. 9. 2. Slip gauges 7. Exercises on modeling and assembly. sine bar 6.607 L-T-D: 0-0-3 CAD LAB (P) Credits: 3 I. b. III. Structural analysis. height gauge and depth gauges. University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. Flatness testing of surface plates using auto collimators. Exercise on comparators: mechanical. Measurement of surface roughness using roughness measuring machines 10. Cast iron and Brass. Brass and Aluminum. Measurements using Universal Measuring Microscope 62 . microstructure study of Steels. Assembly and Finite Element Analysis software. Cast iron. 11. pneumatic and electronic comparators 8. Heat treatment study –Effect on Mechanical properties and microstructure of Steels. Microstructure study: Specimen preparation. Grain size measurement. II.606 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE II 08. Linear measurements using Vernier calipers and external and internal Micrometers. The question paper shall consist of two parts. a. 08. Thermal analysis. Creation of 3D solid models. Measurements using Profile projector.608 L-T-D: 0-0-3 METALLURGY AND METROLOGY LAB Credits : 3 1.08. 5. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints. cotter joints and shaft couplings. Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a..

C. 63 .701 L-T-D: 2-1-0 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Evolution of Scientific management. Concept of pre modern.Dhanpat Rai Industrial engineering and management: O P Khanna Fundamentals of operation research: Hillier and Lieberman Business Organisation & Management . Dhanpat Rai (pub) Industrial Engineering & Production Management.system concept of management – Line.Fraidoon Mazda – Pearson Edn. selection. product. different types. process. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. II and III. Part A and Part B. M. Module III Quantitative techniques in theory – CPM – crashing of networks. Game theory and its applications. Basu . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). public limited companies. 3.Tata Mc Graw Hill Principles of Management . Queing theory: Single server models.Authority. Marketing: Concepts. computerized planning techniques. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). cooperative organizations and Government organizations. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation. 7.Asia. Asia Introduction to management science: Bernaud W Taylor III.. Layout planning.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies –private limited. Personal managementobjectives and function-recruitment.Objectives and function . Formation of companies. Principles & Practice of Management-T N Chabra. Organizational structure. Sales management.08.Principles and functions of scientific management. transportation and assignment problems . References: 1. decision tree.linear programming and its application in management. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. responsibility and span of control . PERT – probability of completion. fixed group technology layout. 8.Tripathi & Reddy . 2.Tata McGraw Hill Engineering Management .forecasting of demand-different methods (simple problems). Pearson Edn.Decision making: statistical decision theory. 4. Line and staff. 6. -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle. Levels and skills of management. project and matrix organization. modern and post modern management. Mahajan . marketing environment. Module II Facilities planning:-Selection of site. 5.factors to be considered – plant layout. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.

Tactile sensor. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Roller and ball screws. Image processing techniques: histogram analysis. automatic car park barrier system. System modeling . Pneumatic. David G. 6. Principle and types of force. W. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . 5..Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Prentice Hall International.K.. UK 1998. ultrasonic. Ramachandran. vibration and acoustic emission sensors. Wiley India Pvt. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. servo and stepper motors. McGraw-Hill Inc. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. K. 3. Balasundaram. References 1.. New Delhi 2004. Robotic vision Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. Varadan. optical. AC. hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. J.Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical. fluid and thermal systems. inductive. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 64 . Systems. Industrial Robotics. Vijay K. Aldatore. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture. automobile engine management system.. capacitive and eddy current methods. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies. Vinoy. 7. Histand. Part A and Part B. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. temperature. New Delhi 2008. Displacement and position sensors.P. Vijayaraghavan. brushless. thresholding and connectivity method. K. England 2006. Niku. Harmonic drive. Saeed B. Gordon M. Mair. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. New Delhi 2006. Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. Mechatronics. II and III. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). development of simple ladder diagrams. 2.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Michael B. Gopalakrishnan. Applications. Proximity sensors: Magnetic.08. USA 2003. 4. Bolton. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Inc. Resolvers and synchros. New Delhi 2007.Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. electrical. Person Education Limited.Machine structure: guide ways. Person Education. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. S. Ltd. G. M.. input/output processing. drives.. HMT. Adaptive control of machine tools.S. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. Velocity and motion sensors. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot.

Radhakrishnan. Groover. Prentice-Hall of India. D. P. New Delhi. 4.Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Retrieval and regenerative approaches. S. 2001. Benefits of GT . Adaptive control.08. CNC.. Module II Group Technology – Part family. 2005. selective Laser Sintering (SLS). Mikell P.. Rapid Prototyping (RP): Concept and methods – Stereolithography (SL). USA 2009. classification. Introduction to CAM – Numerical Control (NC). Prentice-Hall of India. Carl Hanser – Verlag. 6. 8. Automation. Coordinate Measuring machine and Systems. Various activities in CIM -. Industrial robot – Basic elements. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from modules I. Rapid Manufacturing-The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling. Bosch. identification.703 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Product development cycle-Application of computer for design (CAD).Elements of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Systems – Product design to marketing. CAD/CAM/CIM. types. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). FMS work stations. Resolution. Manufacturing and Numerical Control: Principles and Implementations. 2001. Groover. Raju. Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) – Working and configurations of contact and non-contact CMMs. feasibility and strategies – Adaptive Control Constraint (ACC) and Optimization (ACO). Part A and Part B. London. Module III Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) – Components. Sequential and concurrent engineering – Concepts and features.concept. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). New York 1995. 65 .Absolute and incremental. V. References: 1. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing.From product design to marketing. Pearson Education. Mikell P. Pham. basic components and principle of operation. accuracy and repeatability. Andreas Gebhardt. Integrating Advanced Computer-Aided Design. New Delhi. Dimov. 2003. 3D printing. S. 7. photogrammetry. Rapid Prototyping. Mikell P. types.S. New Age Int. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 2009. 2001 2. Groover. Information Science Reference. manufacturing (CAM) and integration of CAD/CAM. structure of a process planning software. Process capability. Springer – Verlag. interpolation and canned cycle. preparatory and miscellaneous codes. John A.. T. Accuracy and repeatability. Simple turning and drilling programs only. Subramanian. classification and coding – OPITZ and MICLASS systems. CAD/CAM. scanning laser beam. Computer Aided Inspection (CAI) and Testing (CAT) – Effects of implementing CAI and CAT. II and III. benefits. Inc. Industrial Robotics. Features of CNC systems . Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM). Munich. Marcel Dekker. tool compensation. 3. Solid Ground Curing (SGC). Inc. Non-contact optical methods for CAI – Machine vision. DNC system – Definition. 5. Xun Xu. physical configuration and applications of industrial robots.

Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Mechanism of metal removal-Primary deformation on shear zone and Secondary deformation on rake face. Cutting fluids. types. modified tool life equation.Determination of shear angle and chip thickness ratio-Force relations. Module III Cutting tool materials-Desirable properties of tool materials-major tool materials.704 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to metal cutting and metal removal processes.L. flank wear-Tool life criteria-Taylors tool life equation. Tool manufacturing engineers hand book .Merchants circle diagram-Influence of speed. classification of cutting tools.Wear mechanisms. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools . Part A and Part B.Friction in metal cutting-methods to reduce frictionchip breaker. Experimental techniques for measuring tool temperatures.Chip formation. its importance.force measurements-Turning. Fundamentals of metal cutting& M/c tools .Types and applications. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. BUE formation. embedded thermocouple.Stress distribution on rake face.Sen and Bhattacharya 2.H 5.08. Production technology . Cemented carbide. and drilling dynamometers.Trent 7. feed.M . crater wear . Reference:1.B. milling. II and III. Effect of tool geometry in metal cutting. 66 . Tool wear and tool life.Carbon thermo couple. Metal cutting principles . and Diamond.Black P.their characteristics and applications.Shaw M.variables affecting the tool temperaturestool.C Sharma 9. Theory of metal cutting . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).G.ASTME 8.E. Principle of metal cutting . tool nomenclature. HSS.C 3.Boothroyd 4. Coated tools. Heat in metal cutting-Zones of heat generation.Juneja. types of chip. geometry of single point and multi point cutting tools. Dynamometers. Ceramics.HMT 6. parameters affecting tool life-problems.ASA and ORS systems-inter relationship. Production engineering .various criteria for machinability index-Optimum cutting speed.Mechanics of orthogonal cutting-Forces of deformationshear angle. and depth of cut in cutting-related simple problems.Sekhon University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Shear plane theory. Machinability. Metal cutting . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).S.P. tool failure. Lee and Shaffer principle. CBN. Module II Orthogonal and Oblique cutting.

67 .model techniques. Design criteria-materials-static &dynamic stiffeners-profiles of machine tool structures-basic design procedure in machine tool structures –design of beds & columns. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. helical gear. Module: II Gears-Nomenclature-Lewis equation –Lewis form factor-velocity factor-working stress in gear teeth-dynamic load on gear teeth-design of spur gear. II and III.arms. cross rails.705 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN Credits : 4 Module: I General requirements of machine tool design – Design of spindles – functions and requirements – materials for spindles.K Mehta 2.AGMA standards-design of shafts for AP . rams . Ball & roller bearingstypes-static& dynamic load capacity-equivalent dynamic load-bearing life-selection of bearings.Journal bearings-hydro-dynamic lubrication.GP & LP. References: 1. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). bases &tables. Part A and Part B.C. Principles of machine tools G.oil flow through bearings. wear tooth load.petroff’s equation-Bearing characteristic number-Summerfield number-L/D ratioclearance ratio-minimum film thickness. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Wear tooth load. Design of Bearings: . Mechanical Engineering design Joseph Edward Shigly University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.08. Machine tool design N. Design of guide waysfunctions and types-design of slide ways-design criteria and calculations for slide waysdesign of anti-friction guide ways.saddles & carriages.Bhattacharya 3. Standardization of speed &feedsstructure &ray diagrams for machine tool gear boxes-gear design & analysis. Module: III Design of machine tool structure-functions of machine tool structure and their requirements.Sen & A. bevel gear & worm gear-checking of dynamic tooth load. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). endurance load.

5. Drilling and Reaming d.708 L-T-D: 0-0-2 CIM LAB Credits : 2 1. Form turning 4. Study and exercise on Rapid prototyping (RP) Machine a. Profile milling b. 7. Study and exercise on CNC Lathe for a. Tool grinding –Exercise on Single point cutting tool grinding. Exercise on temperature measurement in metal cutting.707 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB Credits : 2 1. Surface milling c. Cylindrical and Spherical surfaces 6. 2. Grinding machines:-Exercise on grinding machines –surface grinding and cylindrical grinding. 08. 68 . Measurement of Flat. Milling machine: Exercise on milling spur gear and helical gear. Taper turning c.08. 4. Manual part programming for CNC machines using standard G codes and M codes 2. 3. Making of a simple component. Pocket milling 3. Plane turning b. Study and exercise on CNC Milling Machine for a.706 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE III 08. c) Milling tool dynamometer 5. Thread cutting d. Study and Programming on a Pick and Place robot. Force measurement: Exercise on force measurement using a) Lathe tool dynamometer b) Drilling tool dynamometer. Study and exercise on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) a. NC code generation using CAM softwares.

709 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Students shall do a project work. 69 . which can be the preliminary work of final project.08. and submit a report at the end of semester. The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering. 25% credit should be given for Project. A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester. and 75% credit for Seminar.

T. Energy Conservation Opportunities (ECO) – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures. C E. Energy plantation.R.Rao and Dr. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Energy from waste.M by Fairmont Press Ltd.D.Younger.M and Wlliam. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists. II and III. C. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recouperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology.Rai.E. 2. Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass.Turner by Fairment Press Ltd. 4. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Khanna Publishers.Parulekar. References: 1.E.J. Energy Management Hand book by Wayne.B.801 L-T-D: 2-1-0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal. 70 . Part A and Part B. Croft by Longman Group Ltd.D. Energy Technology by S. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 3. Non – conventional Energy Sources by G. Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann.B. P.08. Intermediate load. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).C. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Hydro. 5. Khanna Publishers. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants.Eastop and D.

Human factors in design.O.merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans.M Mahajan . (Simple problems without using SQC table).Incentive plans. dispatching and follow up. Khanna 2. Job plan. Buffa.SIMO chartPrinciples of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time. Module III Production planning and control.Value Engineering. production and testing – Selection of materials and processes. Chand. Scheduling. Quality control and Inspection. Kumar.Development of designsprototype. Industrial Engineering and Management . ISO.Non monitory incentives. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . selective inventory control techniques.Methods of eliminating fatigue.Effect of Communication in Industry. Modern Production management .process capability. Introduction to concepts of Bench marking. Time and Motion Study .essentials of a good wage incentive plan. Wages and Incentives. Types of material handling equipments. S.Ralph and Barien 3. Preventive and break. References: testing-Bath tub curve.08.Economic aspects C-V-P analysis . Industrial Engineering . Selection and application. 7.fatigue.Dr.Collective bargaining.Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams.Simple problems. Khanna pub. 8.Primary wage systems.Method of providing for depreciation.Gantt charts.802 L-T-D: 2-1-0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research.Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R. .Martand Telsang – S.E. B.Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions .down maintenance Replacement of equipments. batch and mass productionDetermination of economic lot size in batch production.Trade union – Workers participation in management.Critical examination. Manufacturing vs purchase. TQM.ILO 71 . causes effects of industrial disputes. P. 5.System reliability. Industrial relations. Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only).Design function – Objectives of design.principles of material handling. Plant layout and Material handling.Destructive and non-destructive testing methods.Dhanpat Rai 6. Introduction to work study .Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation.Grant and Ieven Worth 4. Inventory Control.Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems. Statistical Quality Control .Importance of planning – job. Industrial Engineering & Production Management .Functions of production control – Routing . Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level. Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves.Micro motion study and therbligs.Determination of economic life .

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). II and III. 72 .University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part A and Part B. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.

combination and progressive dies. swarf disposal methods. Die Design Hand Book – ASTME 4. Design of drop forging dies. Tool Design – Cysil Donaldson TMH 2. Fundamentals of tool design – ASTME & Edward G. II and III. Forces acting on single point and multiple point cutting tools. Fine blanking. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. clamping and guiding devices. Part A and Part tooling –Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidized bed fixturing. Embossing and Coining. milling. blanking and piercing tools. References 1. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). compound. Design of compound and progressive dies.803 TOOL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures . Fundamentals of Fixture Design – V. 8. 73 .08. broaching and welding fixtures. strip rolling theory. Bending pressure-calculation of blank size and press tonnage for drawing.ASM University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. load variation during blanking-Calculation of press tonnage for blanking and piercing.Elements of fixtures. Hoffman 7. . Module II Press work tools. round and irregular surface. stress distribution in rolling.Rolling. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Module III Tool for forging. Fixture for lathe operations.Design of drill jigs. bush specifications. locators.Koraskove Mir. 3. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. modular fixtures. metal flow during drawing operations. Jigs and Fixtures – Calving-Hoose 5. Metal Hand Book. Types of dies. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book – William and Boyes 6. CAD for tooling: Turret press FMS-Computer applications (CAD / CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies. Work holding devices for flat. Roll separation force and torque. Bending and drawing dies: Bending allowances. fixtures for CNC machines. bending methods. types of locators. Tool Design – Cole G.B. design considerations. simple.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product developmentproduct-market mix-New product development ( NPD ) process- Idea generation methodsCreativity-Creative attitude, creative design process- Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics- economic considerationsproduction and marketing aspects. Characteristics of successful product development. Phases of a generic product development process – Customer need identification. Product development practices and industry-product strategies-time to market-analysis of the product-standardization-simplification and specialization. Module-II Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation factors affecting product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors. decision making and iteration - Morphology of design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in design-design for safety and reliability. Role of computers in design - modeling and simulation-the role of models in engineering design-mathematical modeling-similitude and scale models. Concurrent design Six sigma and design for six sigma. Introduction to optimization in design-economic factors and financial feasibility in design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) application of RP in product design. Product Development versus Design. Module-III Design of simple products dealing with various aspects of product development and design starting from need till the manufacture of the product. References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw –Hill edition. Engineering Design –George E.Dietoer An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta Merie Crawford : New Product management, McGraw-Hill Irwin Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. Kevin Otto and Kristin wood, Product Design, Tehniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson education

University Examination There will be 3 questions of 15 marks from modules I & II .Students have to answer any 2 from each module. From module III, answer 2 out of the 3 questions given which carries 20 marks each.


Refer Elective Section



Refer Elective Section

L-T-D: 0-0-2

Credits : 2

The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits, presentation, interaction, performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures

L-T-D: 0-0-5

Credits : 5

A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. For internal assessment, 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted. Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance, Project report, Seminar reports, Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering.


ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical, Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Human aspects of management 3. Disaster Management 4. Glimpses of world thought 5. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Foundry Technology 9. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Composite Materials Technology 12. Internet Technologies 13. Non Destructive Testing 14. Powder Metallurgy 15. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.606 Elective II 1. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Nuclear Engineering 5. Mechanical working Methods 6. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Material Characterisation 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.Vehicle Body Engineering 18.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.706 Elective III 1. Computer Graphics 2. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Fracture Mechanics 6. Marketing Management. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Finite Element Methods 10. Metal Forming 11. Machine tool Technology 12.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Mech. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Failure Analysis 17. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Bio Materials 19. Concurrent Engineering 20. Industrial Automation 21. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Creativity, Innovation and New Product Development


Propulsion Engineering 2. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Computerized Materials Management 7. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Multiphase flow 8. Bio Medical Engineering. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Technology Forecasting 13. 15. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Nanotechnology 20. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Research Methodology 19. Facilities Planning 4. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. 12. Industrial Refrigeration 3.08. Surface Engineering 21. High Temperature Materials 22. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Management Information Systems 14. Software Engineering 13. 805 Elective IV 1. Aerospace Engineering 3.Road Vehicles 25. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Continuum Mechanics 17. Industrial Quality Control 4. Design of IC Engines 17. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Rapid Prototyping 20. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Off. Robotics 18. Controls in Machine tools 9. 806 Elective V 1. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. 77 . Creativity& Product Development 6. Product and brand management 18. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Random vibrations 8. Financial Management 10. Production & Operations Management 15. Engineering Design 24. Tribology 11. Project Management 16. Value Engineering.

organizational. Reading Skills: Skimming the text.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversation-invitationsminutes of a meeting. placing order. English For Technical Communication.dissertation.thesis writing.. Oxford University Press. APJ Abdul Kalam”. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward.exposure to a variety of technical articles. Basics of Technical Communication. Job application and resume. letters. Technical communication.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information.barriers to communication. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. structure and style. Each answer carries 20 marks. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication. Each answer carries 15 marks. 2. use of appropriate vocabulary -sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. letter to authorities. essays.Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. Listening Skills: Listening for general content. Pearson Education. letter of quotation.levels of communicationinterpersonal. and journalistic articles.. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications. letter of enquiry. condensing . Technical papers. significance. I &II. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences. Reading. 4. graphic representation.506. Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I. 1. Business Correspondence and Report Writing. Reports-types. Business letters-sales and credit letters. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. Speaking and Writing skills. PHI. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion. 6. 5. (40 marks). downward and lateral-importance of technical communication.features. Preparing audio-visual aids.language as a tool of communication. Module-II Forms of Technical communication.Mohan K and Sharma R C. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr. TMH New Delhi. Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class. References. (30 marks).projects. New Delhi. 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II. Distinction between general and technical communication.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING Credits : 4 Module-I Listening. Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra. 78 . Vol. 3. writing reports. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson. Official letters-govt. Each answer carries 5 marks. (30 marks).ELECTIVE I 08.

Grievance handling. types. References: 1. Leadership –nature and significance . Recruitment and selection. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases . 4. Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Safety and health maintenance. Organizational Behaviour . Organizational change. Uma Sekharan. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Motivation of person across cultures. Performance appraisal. Compensation policies. Scott .theories and styles. Goals of organizational change and organizational development.Case studies. Managerial leadership across cultures. Gary Dessler. 2.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour. Perception. Labour legislation. Man power planning. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Pearson Education.08. Case studies. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 79 .Human Resource Management . Training and development.Transactional Analysis .McGraw Hill.Personnel Management . Module 2 Organizational development.Pearson Education. Case studies. Organizational culture. Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness. Self development. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour.Conflict management . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Tata Mc Graw Hill. Resistance to change. beliefs. theories and applications .Organizational Behaviour . Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives. 5. impact of culture in organizational behaviour. Motivation and Personality-concepts. Robbins.Modes of values. Fred Luthans . Group dynamics-nature of groups and group decision making. 3.nature and characteristics.506. Wage and salary administration. Stephen P.

Human induced disasters. Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes. Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B. References 1. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. P. landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings. tsunamis. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management.R. landslides and volcanoes. 172. GNOSIS.3 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes. Abbott. tsunamis. floods. New Delhi. 3. landslides and volcanoes.A(1991) Natural hazards.E.V. Case histories of important natural disasters. Disaster management in India.L(2001) Natural Disasters. risks and disasters. C. 3rd Ed. land use practices and disaster mitigation. Cambridge University Press.08. P. 4. natural hazards.. floods. tsunamis. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. floods. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes.506. Part A is for 40 marks. 80 . Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters. Part B is for 60 marks. 2. Murty. There will be two questions from each module. Basic principles of disaster management. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning.

the great intellectual debates . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Dr Radhakrishnan S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).new disciplines cognitive science . and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 81 . Dr Radhakrishnan S.determinism. Shaffer. Volume I to XII 6. Incars . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. South America ..definition and implications in the various sciences .Ancient Indian texts . Living With A Purpose 13. Theory of Knowledge. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Oswald Spingler.Arts Vs.industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought .revolutions in human perception . George Allen & Unwin 4.Marxism and its social.. The Creative Life 9.theories of human evolution . nihilism. Dr Radhakrishnan S. cultural and economic dimensions . Dr Radhakrishnan S.. Towards A New World 15. culture and cognition . Ionians .technology and revolutions .4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .poststructuralism.East and West . The Pleasures Philosophy.the science of ‘knowledge’ . Dialogues of Plato 17. The Present Crisis of Faith 10..Renaissance Thinkers .506.semiotics the science of signs. The Story of Civilisation. True Knowledge 14.The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method .the flowering of academic disciplines . Philosophy of Mind. Our Heritage 11. Copernicus and Kepler . Recovery of Faith 16. dialectical materialism . Koide & Sawant. Philosophy of Language.other centres of learning in the ancient world . Chisholm. Religion and Culture 12. Will & Ariel Durrent.the earliest thinkers . Will Durrant.positivism.. Sutras. Science & Scientific Method. History of Western Philosophy. Silmon 3.Leornardo. Story of Civilisation . References 1.08. Prentice Hall 20. (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5. Prentice Hall 18.the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) .theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French Revolution.Ancient Period . Edward Gibbon.Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance . Dr Radhakrishnan S..Vedas.Volumes .. Science . October Revolution) . Dr Radhakrishnan S.The History of ‘ideas’ . The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7. Module III: The modern era . Prentice Hall 19.China.Mayars.. Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories . Alston. Sastras and Upanishds . Bertnard Russell. Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.language.The Dark Ages .some early Greek thinkers Anaxagoras. The Story of Philosophy. Simon & Schuster 2.structuralism . modernism and colonial theories. Will Durrant. Human values in Engineering. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Decline of the West 8.Life of Grees. post-modernism.current trends and issues .

ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues. New Delhi. New Delhi. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Raghavan. ASCE. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. International Encyclopedia on Ethics. S. S.Chand &Co. John Ruth K.5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 82 . 2.506. SAFETY.S. Tata Mcgraw Hill. References: 1. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME. Ethics in Engineering. Human Values and Professional Ethics. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. Jayashree Suresh. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality. and B.08. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. Chand & Co. 3. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies.

Effects. 5. Women Education. Forest Wealth. Initiatives by Nongovernmental Organizations (NGO). Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. Mining and Transportation activities. Fossil Fuel based. Economic and social Security. Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles. Material cycles. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. Electro-magnetic radiation. Conventional and NonConventional sources – Hydro Electric. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Industry. Mineral Resources. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. 3 REFERENCES: 1. Need For Public Awareness. Environmental studies – R. Solar. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. Urbanization. Nuclear. Sustainable Development. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth. Public Health aspects. Fluoride problem in drinking water. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 83 . Prentice Hall of India. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Human activities – Food.Availability and Quality aspects. Water borne diseases.Water Resources. Climate Change and Global warming. Land pollution. Ozone Layer depletion. Prentice Hall India. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Manjunath. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Automobile pollution. Acid Rain.Carbon.08. Environmental Studies – Dr. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects. Environmental Education. Biomass and Biogas.2005. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Environment definition. Pearson Education-2006. 6. Shelter. Energy – Different types of energy. 4. Legal aspects. D. Air Pollution. Water pollution. Environmental Protection. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication .Role of Government. Animal Husbandry.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Credits: 4 Module I Definition. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. Solid waste management. Scope & Importance. Anji Reddy – BS Publication. Water induced diseases. Noise pollution.L. Housing.506. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2. In Part A. Venugoplan Rao. In Part B. Module II Natural Resources.

ASM. Udin et al..theory. Process Parameters. Influence of Process Parameters. Equipment.. Key Variables. Amar R. Applications.theory and Principle of Process. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Metals Joining Manual”. Applications and Limitations. Diffusion Welding.. McGraw-Hill Inc. 3. Economics. 6. REFERENCES: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Vol. Equipment and Safety. Weld Penetration and Shape. 1979. “Welding Processes and Technology”. Intermediate Materials. Process Variants. mechanisms and Key Variables. 4. Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding.M. Economics of Process. Welding Engineers Hand Book. Advantages and Limitations. Laser Beam Welding.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 7. Materials and Applications. Joint Design. Advantages and Limitations. The electric welder.506. Economics. Adhesive Bonding. Operating Characteristics. Mechanism of Bonding. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. Guns. 6. Materials and Applications.. Physical Characteristics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 84 . Applications. Explosive Welding. Stop-Off and Parting Agents. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”. III and IV.theory and Key Parameters.Basic Principles. Advantages. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding. Metal Adhesive. Limitations and Applications. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1998. Delhi. 2. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing.S. Advantages. Materials and Applications. Welding Engineering. Different Stages of Friction Welding. Metallurgy of Welding. Equipment and Tooling. 5. Deformation Welding. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding . Equipment and Tooling. Rossi. Khanna Publishers. Teo goisky. Joint Design. Joint Design Advantages. Weld Quality. Limitations. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding.theory and Principles. Weld Quality and Process Control.Background of the Process. Economics Materials and Applications. Design. Weld Environment. Transferred arc and NonTransferred arc Techniques. Equipment and Tooling.Characteristics of Process. Joint Design. Disadvantages. 1988.ASHE Vol . I .II .theory and Key Variables. Materials and Applications. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum. Ohio. Equipment and Tooling.08. Parameters. Schwartz M.

sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand . core creating . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 85 . 2. Howard. synthetic sand . T.colour codes of pattern . Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand .CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings . Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds . Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning. Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . 5. floor moulding and pit moulding .8 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns.Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands . plaster moulds . moulding . Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser .506.Bhanga. plaster mould casting – Investment casting . Russicof. Principles of Metal Casting. steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking . Foundry practice. size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design.08. Foundry Engineering. cement bonded moulds – bench moulding . 3. Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Loan moulds . core making . References 1. sand supply . Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Camphell. Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons . dry hand moulds . knockout and fottling . Hine and Resenthal. insulators and exothermic compounds . core reinforcing – core venting etc. Modern foundry practice.R.Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning . 4.

Donald R. Mc Graw Hill.Environmental quality . and George Tchobanoglous. storage and processing techniques . Boubce and W. Air quantity . Dun Dunnellers. New York. 5.Definition.Warner. " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ".Emission from SI and CI engines Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". Kenneth and Cecil F.J.Noise pollution and their control. Mc Graw Hill. New York.Wonter. New Delhi. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ".Sources and control methods . " Environmental 2. and Zwerves.C. (1973). Mc Graw Hill. Howard S.W.Types of our air pollutants . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 86 .9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects . New Delhi. collection. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).effect of air pollution on men and environment . Module III Methods and equipment' for industrial waste treatment . A. characteristics . R. New York. 4. Academic Press.Theisan and R.08. Ikken P.Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control. Metcalf and Eddy Inc.Lowry.Solid waste management generation. " Climate and Energy ". H. 6.Types and sources of solid waste . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal . (1977).506. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Stern. (1989). Characteristics and prospective . Tchobanoglous.Elaisen. Mc Graw Hill. 3. (1976). Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries . (1985).Role of environmental engineer.Impact of environment . Definition. " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ". H.C. 7.A.Solid waste disposal. Engineering ". References: 1. (1979). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. S.Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation.P. Wark.Rowe. Swart R.G. Peavy.Pollution thermal power plants and s nuclear power plants .

favorable and adverse pressure gradients. complex flow potential.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches. Viscometer based on rotating annulus. Stokes hypothesis. Reynolds transport theorem. convective acceleration. acceleration. Potential flow. equation of potential flow. complex flow potentials for source.conformal mapping. Stream function. sink. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. flow in a rotating annulus.flow over an ellipse. Potential flow past a cylinder. Couette flow for negative. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 87 . force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). vortex shedding. H. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate.Streetor. potential flow in a sector. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow.506.Boundary layer thickness. rotation. Velocity. Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe. stream functionvorticity formulation. V. introduction to turbulent flow. Schlichting. Module-III Boundary layer theory. s temporal acceleration. theory of complex variables. K. vortex and doublet.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow. K Muralidhar . rate of strain.L. Gersen .Momentum intergral equations. Boundary layer theory. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). potential flow between two parallel plates. zero and positive pressure gradients. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. mean and fluctuating components. Newton' law of viscosity. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. Prandtl boundary layer equations. Vuan. Elements of fluid mechanics. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. flow over a vertical flat plate. 3. Fluid mechanics 4. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2. Navier-Stokes equation for in-compressible flow. G Biswas. stress. concept of eddy viscosity.08. vorticity. gradient of velocity. flow separation. Schawartz-Christoffel transformations.

Failure predictions .Reinforced Composite Materials ". 1998. London. 7. Structure. Composite Material handbook.506. McGraw HiIl.Machining. 10.Broutman. characteristics. 1988. " Composite Materials. Quality. riveting and painting. Engineering and Sciences ". Micael hyer.. 1982. P.W. Agarwal and L. glass.Mallicak. George Lubin.Rawlings.L. Ultra structure processing of ceramics. F. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:. Technomic Publishing Company. Properties of composites made and their applications. welding of thermoplastic PMC. functional sensory and smart composites. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties. Applications. Reinhold Co. Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.D. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.fatigue properties . Whiskers:. by Stuart. characteristics and utilisation as matrices. Tasi. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ". Industrial scene. Lee. Their characteristic features. Advantages and limitations. 1994. TMH. VCH. Ed. 1980. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses . New York. M. John Wiley and Sons. Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):.Definition. B. their properties-characteristics and applications. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics. cutting. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 3. Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding.11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Composite Materials:. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):.Characteristics.Thermo set.08. Classifications based on structure and matrices. History. carbon. carbon. Chawla KK.D. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". Properties and examples.High strength man made (glass. Ronald Gibson. bonding. 4.J. New York. Manufacture.impact properties environmental effects . polishing. New York-1 6. characteristics. their properties. " Stress Analysis of Fiber . References 1. failure modes. S. Structural. Schwartz M. " Fiber-reinforced composites ". International.static mechanical properties . Monal Deklar Inc. waterjet cutting and laser machining. inspection and nondestructive testing.K.. Tata McGraw Hill. cement and gypsum as matrices. Introduction to Composite Materials.Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices.. aramid) and natural fibres.M. "Hand Book of Composites". Inc. 5. damage prediction. plasma coating. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC.fracture mechanics and toughening considerations .Matthews & R. Manufacture of MMC. 1994. Van _Nostrand. 9. . Chapman & hall. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 88 . "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". Post processing operations:.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. Marketing . REFERENCES 1. Information Technology : The Breaking wave. IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . 2. Curtin et al.Co. and sales – Design . Dennis P. Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. Advertising . William Sawyor & Hutchingson. The Computer Systems – Types. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 89 .506. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. Tata Mc. MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types .Graw Hill Pub. CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media. File management . Graw Hill Pub. Ltd.Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web.This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only. Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity. Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . Note :. MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax . Utilities – Document – centric computing . IRWIN Mc. Using Information Technology.voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections.

Non-Destructive Testing by P. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Ionising radiation .506. Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods. In-situ metallography. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. Halmshaw 2. In Part B. McGrawhill. Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. REFERENCES: 1. Narosa Publishing House.. Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection. In Part A. gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety. Metals Handbook Vol. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography. Limitations. disadvantages.X-rays sources. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). field sensitive probes: applications. Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator . 4. Optical holographic methods. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Applications.Mcgomnagle. Dynamic inspection.bridge tests Absolute single-coil system: applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). applications. Measurement of metal properties.08. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3.II. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. al. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods. L-T-D: 3-1-0 90 .13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages.

Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. Apparent density and flowability measurement. Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4. Liquid phase sintering and related processes. Effect of compacting pressure. REFERENCES: 1. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.506. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism. Roll of diffusion. In Part A. 3. Pore-growth and coalescence. E. magnets. Powder rolling.Upadhayay. properties and testing. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. Blending techniques. 91 . Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).14 POWDER METALLURGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. Recrystallization. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Metallic filters. Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R. Upadhayay 6. Types of sintering furnaces. In Part B. Electrical contact materials. 5. Isostatic pressing. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Powder forging. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical.08. Sintering atmospheres. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Advantages and limitations of these methods. 2. Cemented Tungsten carbide Production. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare. Pore emigration. Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol. Purity of metal powders. and Clayton.Gopal S.H. Presses used for transmission. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. Cemented carbides. New methods of consolidation.g. Friction materials and Composites. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties. II. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes.

Budget activity .Breakdown analysis .Lists for driver and mechanic . health and safety.Registration of motor vehicles . use of vehicle running numbers. procedure for obtaining driving license. L-T. administration.506.Parts control .Control of repair backlogs .L.Methods of fare collection . Rev.Forms of ownership. In Part B. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ". effect of competition and control. References: 1. internal organization. duty arrangements.Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. Management Training and Operations. straight and tapered scales fare structure .15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT Credits 4 Module I Organization and management. Cost of inventory . duty roaster.R. estimated traffic possibility. turning points. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). III Edition.. Kitchin. management. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. "The Motor vehicle Act ".Driver checklist . welfare.Training devices and techniques . Organising Time and people. Job instruction training . zone systems.Licensing of drivers . calculating average charge. 1984. stopping places. 4. Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2. 1989.Basic principles of supervising. direction of traffic flow. llliffe and Sons Ltd. McGraw-Hill Co.Planning and scope . survey of rout. W. Schedules and sections .. third party insurance.Balancing inventory cost against downtime .Computer controlling of fleet activity . centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering. Kadiyali. principle of transport.Driver and mechanic hiring . determination of vehicle efficiency. types of permits. checking efficiency of crew..D. 1992. time table layout.Capital expenditures Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management. Vehicle maintenance. 3-1-0 92 . London. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). town planning. recruitment and training. Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing . Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act. supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace . John Dolu. Goverment Publication.traffic signs Constructional regulations . duty of drivers and conductors. 5.Energy management.types of driving licenses. In Part A..Cost of options. 2 questions of 20 marks each. factors affecting frequency. "Fleet management ".Control of permits .Preparation of fare table.Bin tag systems – Time management .Time record keeping . 3. preparation of vehicle and crew schedules.08. procedure for obtaining permits.D.Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling Overtime . traffic and administration). " Bus operation ". Basis of fares.Limits of speed . use of flat graph method. registration of vehicle.L.Data processing systems .Software Model .

93 . 1978. Mitchell information Services.Controlling evaporator temperature .L. " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ". Theodore Audel series.Ambient conditions affecting system pressures. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1990. MacDonald. Gamines &Boyce L.08.D. " Automotive Air conditioning ".Air conditioning protection – Engine protection.Tapping into the refrigerant container Refrigeration system diagnosis . Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. 2. Reston Publishing Co Inc. Paul Weiser. In Part B.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Testing the air control and handling systems.Vacuum reserve . Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service .Schematic layout of a refrigeration system.. 2 questions of 20 marks each.Automatic temperature control .Automatic temperature control – Duct system .Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7. McGraw-Hill Inc.506. 4.Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components.Heating System: Automotive heaters ..Diagnostic procedure . 1989. 3. Compressor components .Condenser and high pressure service ports. F. C. 1990.Evaporator temperature regulator. Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system .. Dwiggins . Damkundwar . Refrigerant: Containers .Automotive Air Conditioning 6.PArora .. K. MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives .16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L-T. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning. 5. In Part A. " Automotive Air Conditioning ".Expansion value calibration .Handling refrigerants . William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin. Inc.Controlling flow .Manually controlled air conditioner Heater system . Leslie. " Automotive Air Conditioning ". Thermostatic expansion value . References: 1.Location of air conditioning components in a car . MODULE II Air Conditioner .Evaporator pressure regulator . Prentice Hall Ind.Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems .

E. necessities. Tyres and tubes .R. Catalytic converters. Marshall Cavensih. starting motor. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system.Different types . Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes. 1992. 94 .08. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles. reed valves. Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. engine ports. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke. 1989. Bryaut. cast wheel. Irving. " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. mufflers & silencers. 2 questions of 20 marks each. arrangements. Temple Press Book.D . comparison with battery ignition system. 5. 2. layouts.. merits and demerits." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ". transmission References: 1. constructional features and types of oil seals. valves and valve actuating mechanisms. Lambretta . gear drive. Spoked wheel. scooters. carburetion system and operation. " Motor cycle Engineering ". London. lighting system. 1987. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles. 4.. electronic ignition systems like CDI. " The Cycle Motor Manual ". In Part B. constructional aspects. Raymond Broad.. Types of scavenging processes. Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. high tension and low tension magneto ignition. Disc wheel. valve timing. classification.506. multiple disc clutch. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ". bearing system. Temple PressLtd. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes.V.. 1990. selective and progressive gear boxes. London. different types of synchronizers. New York and London.17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES L-T. scavenging efficiency. shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc. accessories horn. shock absorber systems. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). In Part A. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Disc brakes. Scavenging pump. 20 volumes ". MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches.P. Front and rear brake links layouts. 3. Three wheelers – different types. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. centrifugal clutch. 6. Disc types. different arrangement of cylinders.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Torsion of thin. L.M. Torsion of thin. Castigliano’s I theorem.M. Mc Graw Hill. Rectangular stress components.606. Timoshenko and Goodier. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Stress-Strain relations. Plane stress and plane strain.H.H 2. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending.M. Theory of Elasticity. Solid Mechanics.walled multiple cell closed sections. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem. Principal stress and Principal planes. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes.T. 3. Transformation of stresses. Planes of maximum shear. Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. State of stress at a point.walled tubes.S Srinath. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Theorem of virtual work. shear centre.ELECTIVE II 08. Bending of beams. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Reciprocal relations. Center of twist and flexural centre. References: 1. Membrane analogy. S. shear stresses in thin walled open sections. Analysis of strain. T. Torsion of circular. stress components on an arbitrary plane. Analysis of stress in two dimensions. Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Castigliano’s II theorem. Engessers theorem. State of pure shear. Torsion of rolled sections. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Fictitious load method. Compatibility conditions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 95 .1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Credits : 4 Module I Analysis of stress. Bending of curved bars (Winkler–Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars.A Kazimi . Module II Energy methods.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol.Biogas energy.08.Principle of biogas production.Design and construction. Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd.economic relevance.Solar – wind hybrid. Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications. Module II Nuclear fusion.Production.Thermal storage. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects .Wind turbine.Selection of fuel and operating conditionsPractical fuel cells – The Redox cell.Thermodynamics of fuel cells. Rai. Duff ice & Beckman.Thermoelectric effects. 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 96 . Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”.Introduction and Applications. Khanna Publishers. Sheldon S. Chang – “Energy Conversion”. Geothermal Energy.Conventional Energy Sources” 5. R. Module III Wind Energy. 2. “Non.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generation.socio. ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. References : 1. A.606. Ocean Power.Wind forms. 3.Production and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept.Tidal power. Fuel cells. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Fusion fuels and reactions.Merits and demerits. Hydrogen.Sustained fusion reaction. L.Fundamentals and Applications. D.Biogas plants. G.Applications.generator systems.Principle of OTEC systemsOcean wave energy conversion systems. John wiley & Sons. Prentice Hall Inc.Resources. Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”.Solar collectors and Concentrationsperformance analysis of flat plate collectors. New York.Design and selection of materials. Solar energy – Terms and definitions.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications.

integrating database ..606. Addison Wesley 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).working with remote objects .working with 2D and 3D Graphics . Walrath & Huml Tutorial team.notable beans .JSDK .creating animations Java beans development kit . Swings.extended security model .object serialization and Java spaces .working with swing components . “Java 2: The Complete Reference”.Java IDL and ORBs.printing . Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08.CORBA . JDBC & Java Beans Programming.applet security .input/output streams . connecting to database .network programming client and server Programs .working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture .Java platform API . “ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”.naming and directory services . Servlets. “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”.GUI building with canvas .using JDBC . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. SAMS Teachmedia 3.Java virtual machine .creating window applications . Addison Wesley 5.using audio and video . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 97 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.developing beans .writing console applications utility and math packages Module II Swing programming .support into web applications .RMI and distributed applications . “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”.JAR files .Java native interface References: 1. Campione. IDG Books 4. Java 2.using the clipboard . & Walrath K.3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics . Holzner S. Jamie Jaworski.Java servlets . Campione M.Java applet writing basics .exceptions and abstract classes .applet classes .

D.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Module I Credits : 4 Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission. S Glasstono. 2. Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features .606. Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control . coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. Classtone & Sesonske. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion .Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment . Module II Boiling water reactor . Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. moderator . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Materials of reactor construction – Fuel .08. Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 98 . References 1. Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Source book on atomic energy –.

C B Cole . Need for preheating. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 99 . Fundamentals of tool design.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication. Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing. Richard Little.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. MODULE III Forging . Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. The Design Handbook. ASTME. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking .08. Metal Working Technology. Alexander Brower.Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working . Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes .piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working . 4.Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products. ASTME. Tool Design. Manufacturing properties of Materials. 5. 3.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. References: 1. 6. Cambell. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.606. 2. Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing .

Computer Science Press 5.inference rules .rule-based expert systems .expert system technology . Addison Wesley 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08.introduction to automated reasoning introduction to machine learning References: 1. Elain Rich & Kevin based reasoning . & Stubblefield W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 100 . Tanimotto S..pattern matching .search strategies .expert system shell in LISP . Artificial Intelligence. Nilsson N.knowledge representation problem .control and implementation of state space search production systems .knowledge representation .fuzzy sets .statistical approach .streams and delayed evaluation .model based reasoning ..structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).F.conceptual graphs . Luger G. Harcourt Asia Pte.overview of LISP .nonmonotonic systems .languages . Ltd.predicate calculus .network representation .history and applications .reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.logic programming in LISP .issues .network representations and inheritance .planning .L.higher order functions and procedural abstractions .CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language .heuristic search algorithms heuristics in games . LISP.A. Tata McGraw Hill 4.propositional calculus ..complexity issues .J. Winston P.A New . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Definition . 3.recursion interpreters . Artificial Intelligence.structures and strategies for state space search .the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving .606.H. Artificial Intelligence ..

simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems .L.types of system study .salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: 1.batch means method.face validity .system analysis .types of simulations with respect to output analysis.08.D.verification of simulation models . & Sadowski D. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). System Simulation. single queue systems and simple inventory systems .. Carson J. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5.. Law A. Simulation Modelling and Analysis.output analysis for steady-state simulations . Discrete-Event System Simulation.event scheduling/time advance algorithm . Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems .random variate generation .data collection .confidence intervals with specified precision .steps in a simulation study . John Wiley 3.performance measures .R.discrete and continuous systems . & Standridge C.G..components of a system .A. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.calibration and validation of models . Gordon G. Banks J.the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chi-square test .S.output analysis for a single model .W..identifying the distribution using histograms . uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions .. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.exponential. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4. Simulation with ARENA.606.Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) . Sadowski R.comparison of simulation and analytical models .D.. Deo N.validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations .Input modelling for simulation .initialization bias replication method .frequency tests .. System Simulation with Digital Computer. McGraw Hill International Editions 6. Askin R.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION Credits : 4 Module I System concepts .output analysis for terminating simulations confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication .tests for random numbers .system design and system postulation .concepts in discrete event system simulation .objectives .issues in simulation of manufacturing systems . & Kelton W..techniques for generating random numbers .system modelling types of models .Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models . Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems. Kelton W.P.modelling world views Module II Random number generation .parameter estimation .inverse transformation method . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 101 .system simulation . & Nelson B. Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .examples of simulation of single server. Third Edition.Monte Carlo simulation .sample size determination for a specified precision .

Filled system thermometersAmbient temperature compensation.Head flow meters.Ring balance – Impulse line layout.08.Inferential methods. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements.Primary elements – Secondary elements.Fleat monometers.Direct methods.Measurement systems.Functions of Instrument.Transfer functions. R. Sources of error. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book.Measuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples. 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Measurements System.8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE. A.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices.Boiler drum. Application and Design.Flow transducers.I Measurement: Aims.Area flow meters. REFERENCES: 1. 2.Types of transducers. Force. Pribanco. D.Calibration. Basic fixed point. Simple transducer elements. Variable parameter Analog type.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systems.Routh – Hurvitz criterion. Set point. Speed. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Jain. Industrial Instrumentation.RotameterMeasurements of liquid level.Bridge circuits.Temperature scales.Rule of Block diagram algebra.Fundamental methods.Deformation of elastic members.Static and dynamic Measurements.Block diagram.606. Error distribution.Level indicator.First order proportional and second order proportional elements. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 102 .squire root extraction. Measurement of Temperature.Classification of control system. Measurement of flow.Sensing element: TypesSensors for motion.Specification for transducers. 4. M.K. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure. E. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Identification of plat Characteristics. O Doeblin.Force balance principles.Angular motion. Terminology. ** Electrical transformation. MODULE – III Control system. Time element.Electrical type and mechanical type.Nyquist criterion. Considine. Errors in measuring Instruments. Frequency and pulse generating transducers.Voltage and current generating Analog type. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Measuring devices and their ranges. E.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling- Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks , grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums , shears and sprockets - Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes , band brakes , thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT , Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms , travelling mechanisms , luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts . MODULE III Conveying Machines - Belt conveyers – Types , principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors - Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators , Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors , Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators .Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors - Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins. REFERENCES 1. Rudanko, Material Handling Equipments. 2. Alexandr V ,Material Handling Equipment. 3. A. Spivakvsky and V. Dyachkov , Conveying Machines University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers .Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders - Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers - Combined clearing and grading machinery. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket , direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .Testing of Machinery – H.P. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing , life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. Rodichev and G.Rodicheva, "Tractor and Automobiles ", MIR Publishers, 1987. 2. Kolchin.A., and V.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ", MIR Publishers, 1972. 3. A. Guruvech and B. Sorekin- Tractors, MI1R Publishers Moscow, 1975 4. Geleman and M. Maskovin- Farm tractors, MIR. Publishers, Moscow, 1975 5. Smith , Harris Pearson & Wilkes, Lambert Henry- Farm machinery and equipment, TATA McGraw Hill Publications, 1977 6. Herbert Nicholos- Moving the earth. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4

Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality - Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’- Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming, Juran and Crossby to quality management- Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen – Cost of quality- quality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost - Barriers to TQM Implementation. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets- Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control chartsScatter diagram- Introduction to seven new management tools. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheel- Zero defect concept- Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations. Quality circles- Benchmarking- Quality standards – Need of standardization - ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. REFERENCES 1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003. (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6. 2 L .Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. 3. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management , Text and cases. Himalaya Publishing House. 4. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5). 5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991. 6. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989. 7. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International 1996. 8. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


diamond turning-micro positioning devices.micro motors . New Age International (P) Ltd.micro nozzles.. Randy Frank. accuracy of machine toolsspindle accuracy.R. Stephen A. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.micro dynamometer . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).L. REFERENCES: 1. Norio Tanigughi. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sources-thermal effects-rate of thermal expansion. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Murthy. Oxford University Press. Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming.606. 2. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS . Oxford University Press.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors.Campbell.cooling channels . Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist process-lithography-optical. Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 106 . 1996. 1996. Artech House. “Understanding Smart Sensors”. Boston.08.micro optics .micro machines – structures . “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”. 1996. “Nano Technology”. 4. 3.displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.micro pumps . Smart structures.

“Advanced machining”. Brahem. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”.606.. pressureless compaction.Finishing of sintered parts. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . E. Muccic.A. Serope Kalpakjian. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”.S.1989. Pearson Education. Amstead B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Ostwald Phylips and Bageman.H. 6. 1987. ASM Int.wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining. Addision-Wesley. 5.Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 107 . Jaeger R. 4. ceramic shell investment casting. Fourth edition. REFERENCES 1. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion.T.. 1995. U. OHIO. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling. 2003 2..R..L. 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Schemid.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication. vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection.AddisonWesley Publication Co. 1988.F.. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”. Serope Kalpakjian. selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding. Materials park.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting..K. Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression. I.Lithographydiffusion and Ion implementation – Etching .. Filament winding. slush casting. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes . 1994.Smith. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation. Third Edition. Injection. Steven R. “Plastic Processing Technology”.08. Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powdersCompaction of metal powders. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.C.Sintering – hot pressing –Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP).

quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. resolving power. publishers addition . elementary treatment of image contrast. Stress measurement.D Cullity . micro and macro strain on diffraction lines.Goodhew. Image formation. Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes. magnification. 4.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science. Gifkins.J. depth of focus. depth of field and depth of focus. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.Wesley publishing company.1970 2. X-ray diffraction. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 108 . Optical microscopy of metals : R.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays. image formation.Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD .C . grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. References: 1.08. principles of phase contrast.Humphreys and R. particle size. Effect of texture. Selected area diffraction. Scanning electron microscopy: construction. numerical aperture. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Bright field and dark field contrast. Understanding image formation. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy. Chemical analysis by X-rays. Optical microscopy. Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Stereographic projection. sample preparation techniques. Bright field and dark field images. sample preparation.B Williams and C.606. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Transmission electron microscopy –D. magnification. 3. Beanland . Publishers :Taylor and francis.Barry carter . structure factor and intensity calculations. by a unit cell. Bragg’s law of diffraction. reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction. Important lens defects and their correction. resolution and magnification. interaction of electrons with matter. indexing of selected area diffraction patterns. J. resolution of a microscope.Planum press Newyork 1996. Scattering of an electron by an atom. interference and polarized light microscopy. modes of operation. Indexing of powder photographs.

Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machining-Electrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining.Future of MEMS.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication.. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. 5. 2. Electron beam machining. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials.606. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”. REFERENCES: 1. 2004. 2004. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2006. defence.Micromachining tool design. healthcare. twinning and domain patterns. micromilling. CRC Press. 4. 2006. “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”.Electro chemical Machining. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Binderless wheel – Free form optics. Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. UK. “Microchip fabrication”. Madore J. “The MEMS Handbook”. McGraw Hill. Peter Van Zant. 2002. Sámi Franssila. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 109 .Ultraprecision grinding. John Wiley and sons Ltd. 3. Mark J. smart materials. Jackson. ferroelectric. CRC Press. industrial properties etc. micro fabrication Technologies. Clean roomyield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transfer-devices. Material properties. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Structural behavior. microdrilling. . micro scale transport – feed back systems. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site.. and diffusional phase transformations.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. sensing methods. CRC Press. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. Aerospace.

flexible fixtures . press cycle . Design considerations . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Types of locators clamping .606. strap layout . 4. Fundamentals of Fixture Design. striper . forming dies – Embossing . fixtures for CNC machines . modular fixtures . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fundamentals of tool design. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). bush specifications.08. Edward G. William and Boyes..Koraskove Mir. Types of dies . V. MODULE II Press work tools . Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book. knecleant plates . coining . Fine blanking . Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . simple die . Fixture for lathe operations. locators . Tool Design.16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures . compound die . Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs . Blanking and piercing tools . metal flow during drawing operations . milling fixtures. MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing.Hoffman. advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies .TMH 2. forming . 3. References: 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 110 . progressive die . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Cysil Donaldson.

body bay systems (flexi-force). importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method . Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. FF. Quick and dirty mock ups. Porto power. George A Peters & Barbara J.08. Robert Scharff & James. Competitive race testing. general repair techniques. J. interlocking. 2-dimentional manikins. Peters. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). :Introduction. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.straightening equipment. Paul Browne. shielding.606. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE).E. Material selection for automotive components. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. Delmar Publishers 3. determining the conditions of the collision.. the dozer technique. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles.Auto care manual 6. warning and instructions. Body alignment. Redesign of bus bodies. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair. body frame construction. unitized frame and body construction. Hutchinson 4.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle.D. Testing and failure prediction. repairing rust damage.Body Engineering 5.R. Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 111 . Failure and reliability.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair.Part I and Part H C. Crash worthiness.I.Vehicle Body Engineering 2. FR. passenger car body styles. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. operation of dozers. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Pune 7. operation of conventional Porto power. in-floor systems. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations. Page.P. Pauloski. Crash testing: Human testing. typical layout of commercial vehicle types. Anthropometry.T. safety factors. Compliance testing.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8. package drawing. S. Component testing. Body design: coach and bus body styles. typical layout of bus and coach bodies.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L-T. chainless anchoring systems References: 1.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.606. 2009 4. G. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.D. W.831814. wind tunnel testing. N.side slip testers. Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family car. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE. Noise inside and outside the vehicle. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy. performance.hydraulic. engine analyzers. Measurement of BHP. noise from auxiliaries. mechanism of corrosion.08. sources of vehicle noiseintake and exhaust noise. IHP. noise control methods. wheel balancing. human response to sound. wind noises. smoke meter. 1969 2. infrared gas analyzers. eddy current etc.Giri. 2004 6. SAE Transaction papers. emission and fuel economy.820346.. different types of dynamometers.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. Engine testing on dynamometers. Wildlife Publications. References: 1. vehicle testing lanes .K. fundamentals of acoustics. consumption in conventional automobiles.820371 and 820375 5.Orsat apparatus. Standard noise measurement methods. three chamber corrosion testing. hill climbing. brake squeal.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters. McGraw Hill Book Co. Crouse and L. structure noise. exhaust gas analyzers various types. 1978 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Dr. brake testing on the road.Vehicle operation and performance. mechanical noise. 3-1-0 112 .II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. London. brake testers. head light alignment testing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). handling and ride characteristics.for petrol and diesel engines. J. effect of vehicle condition. Initial free services. maximum speed and acceleration. automotive noise criteria. CAFÉ standards. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers.technical paper OTA-ETI-638. MODULE. Operation of full load and part conditions. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. test tracks. wheel alignment testing.820367.Motor vehicle inspection. intensive driving. engine running in and durability. combustion noise. road testing. Anglin. Road and track testing: Initial inspection. Giles. PDI. safety. transmission noises. vibration control. FIP calibrating and testing. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance.

effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve.K. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol. structure of petroleum. volatility of liquid fuels. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley .Giri.manufacture of methanol. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. 5.Alternate fuels guide book. Energy research group. diesel index. 1991 4. fuel additives. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. catalytic cracking. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines. smooth and efficient burning – volatility. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. numerical examples. producer gas. cetane number. T. diesel blends.Automotive Fuels reference book. natural gas – CNG and LNG.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd 8. alkylation. SAE INC. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline.D.Alternative energy sources University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. T. Brennan.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 113 . dual fuel and multi fuel application. octane number and octane number requirement. advantages of gaseous fuels. Isomerisation. Dr. Warrendale. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. ignition quality. SAE 6. References: 1. polymerisation. Indian standard for gasoline.N. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels. straight vegetable oils and biodiesels. khanna publications 3.N Vezgirigiu. non. engine performance with pure alcohols. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). a/f ratio. air requirement.volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Dhanpatrai publications 2. Indian standard for diesel. manufacture of ethanol. David Powell and Richard P.606.19 L-T. SAE 7. cleanliness. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. products of refining process. 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. knock rating of SI engine fuels. Indian specification for biodiesel. K. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. handling & storage-properties of diesel. winter and summer gasoline. Richard L. Bechtold.Automobile technology.E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels. sensitivity & performance number. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. reforming & blending.08.petroleum fuels. gasoline blends. biogas.

David F. Colour graphic display techniques.Spline curves .Circle generation algorithms – text generation. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications. Hidden line and hidden surfaces . Solid modeling techniques etc. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers. Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation. Computer Graphics.706. Clipping. 2. Steven Harrington. References : 1.H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . Projections . Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces. Description of graphic devices . Rogers & J.Graphic standards. SutherlandHodgman Algorithm. McGraw Hill International Editions. quadric surfaces. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Windowing. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 114 . McGraw Hill International Editions. Second Edition. Vera B Anand. Fractals. 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves . NURBS etc. B. Clipping of polygons.. Viewing transformations. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Donald Hearn & M.1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics.Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. 2nd Edition. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. Second Edition. Graphic primitives. Polygons. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3. Z-Buffer algorithm .ELECTIVE III 08.

2. Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity . Van Wylon. Thermodynamics. Thermophysics. Myron Tribus. Thermodynamics. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. variance . Warren Giodt . Specific heat and thermal conductivity . elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases.2 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases. 3.Thermodynamics 6.706. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 115 . Lay. J. Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy . Kennath Wark. REFERENCES 1. 5. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . heat of reaction – Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 4. Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell . Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . Expected value . Thermodynamics.Holman.08.P. heat of formation .

Grey A. John G Gollier . droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate . General editor : D. small particles. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. Use of Heisler charts.3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation.Hepking Vol .Holman.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. REFERENCES 1.N.Graw Hill 3.Miller. Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number . Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles. forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube.706. Simple analytical methods.International series on material science and technology . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. cylinder with heat sources. The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions. Mc. Mc Graw Hill Book Co.08. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Plane wall with heat sources.Drop wise condensation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium.) (Description only). Lumped heat capacity system. Transient and periodic conduction (Onedimensional). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 116 . Principles of Convection – Viscous flow .Convective Boiling and Condensation.Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . nucleation of drops at solid surfaces. gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media. J. . W. low density heat transfer and ablation . The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation. Heat transfer.P. Critical heat flow in forced convective flow –Elementary concepts. Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling . 2.

Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. preventive. Lubricants – Solid . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.706. parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability. fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricants. gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue. Safety engineering. Reliability Hand Book . fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry . Miller and Blood.G. Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Irason. 4.4 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear . scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance.Maynard . Industrial Engineering Hand Book . – Deterioration and failure analysis – planning .Mill Pub. Modern maintenance Management. scheduled. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. accident prevention programme . Wear prevention methods.Mc Graw Hill Pub. D B Tarapur. Module III Maintenance – types (corrective. REFERENCES 1. predictive and proactive maintenance).Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence. Co. safety design concepts. Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series .CBM –DMS – TPM etc.Effect of moisture . Mc Graw Hill. 3.W. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Replacement – Analysis of different models .08. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 117 . Co.selection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms.

corner cracks at holes .superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) .prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading .service failure analysis .H. Ewalds H.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.crack closure .Dugdale approach .the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests .SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate.effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size .J. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics. Elements of Fracture Mechanics. Kåre Hellan.relations for practical use determination of SIF from compliance .influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach .finite specimen width .practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM . Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.cracks approaching holes .expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region .relation between J and COD tearing modulus concept .J-integral .slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing .practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes .applications in pressure vessels .crack tip plasticity . Prashant Kumar.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FRACTURE MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics .sub critical crack growth .L.crack opening displacement (COD) approach . Edward Arnold Edition 2.706.08.state of stress in the crack tip region .stress intensity approach .Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory .influence of material behaviour .fatigue crack growth from notches . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 118 . & Wanhill R.COD design curve .crack growth rate testing .mode I elastic stress field equations .standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity . Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics. Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3.pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1.modes I.fracture toughness . McGraw Hill Book Company 4.Griffith energy balance approach .method of predicting failure of a structural component .shape of plastic zone . single edge notched plate.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.determination of Rcurves . Fracture Mechanics.fracture toughness of weldments . II & III mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach .experimental problems . Broek D.

. T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management. & Walker B. Etzel M. analysis.selecting the communication channels . Dhanapat Rai and Co.sales promotion tools. collecting information. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2. Module II Market segmentation and market targeting . Implementation and Control. Marketing research .marketing mix marketing mix variables.Boston consultancy group model . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.perceived risks . 4.factors directed by marketing uncontrollable factors .significance of branding to consumers and firms References: 1. Applications and Case Studies. Text.promotion mix evaluation . competition. Marketing Management: mix variables . and findings .S.706.. Macmillan India Limited 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). economic conditions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 119 . (Pvt) Ltd. Implementation and Control.factors directed by top management .determination of communication objectives .concept of market and marketing .marketing environment controllable factors . Robert. Planning.consumer behaviour .steps in developing effective communication . Marketing Management: Analysis..demography. McGraw Hill International Edition 5.J. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6.advertising and sales promotion .factors influencing consumer behaviour . Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.need and scope . Developing. testing and launching of new products. Fundamentals of Marketing. Majumdar R. Marketing Research.J.factors in advertising . developing research plan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks planning process .marketing research process .introduction to segmentation .research objectives.08.designing the message .product life cycle marketing strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication .Brand management .targeting and product positioning..J.. New trends in marketing. Kotler P.identification of target audience .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing . Marketing Research. social and Marketing planning . & Namkumari S. Stanton W. Ramaswamy V.

forms of organizations for small scale units .. Deshpande M. Hirich R. Patel J.. Pandey G.R.characteristics of entrepreneur .break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1. The Dryden Press 5. Technology acquisition for small units .creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise . Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich. Finance for Small Scale Industries 9.entrepreneurial decision process . & Peters Irwin M..V. implementation and growth..W.D. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.project report preparation . A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification. Entrepreneurship.managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation .environment ..08. Rao C. McGraw Hill International of feasibility and viability of a project .. McGraw Hill International 7.financing of project and working capital .S.understanding of entrepreneurship process .assessment of risk in the industry. Dr Patel V. EDII 8. Rao T. Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M.stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment .7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives .G. Learning Systems 4.P.A.time management survey and market assessment . Essentials of Management. Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts... Tata McGraw Hill 6. Selections.industrial policy .venture capital and other equity assistance available .S.B. Noid S. Timmons J.planning. McGraw Hill 3. Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book.706. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 120 .formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit . New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21st Century.achievement motivation .V.. Process and strategies for starting a venture . Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts. Seven Business Crisis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.entrepreneurship and economic development .entrepreneurial competencies . A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship.

8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Credits : 4 Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . grinder. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. REFERENCES 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. John pippon and Tylor Hicks. material-handling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components.Circuit design for – shaper. Industrial Hydraulics. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems. MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 121 .706. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters.

Belagundu. load vector. Temperature dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins. plane stress. R. historical background.08.types and properties. Finite element modeling . Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems . potential flow.S. O. Iso parametric formulation. 3. Shape functions . strain-displacement relationship. multi-point constraints. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. Finite element Methods. Tirupathy. Discretization. D.N. Reddy.L. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.types of elements. J.C Zienkieviz & equations. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation.Area coordinates. imposition of Boundary conditions . stress-strain relationship.discretisation of domain into elements . Rayleigh-Ritz method. S. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 122 . Finite element formulation of plane trusses. Potential energy and equilibrium. Tata McGraw Hill.penalty and elimination approach. Pearson. McGraw Hill. applications.Taylor. Discrete and Continuous systems. Galerkin method. Principle of minimum potential energy.stress and equilibrium. beams and beams on elastic supports. Wiley. Banded and skyline solutions.assembly of element equations transformation matrices . 6. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming. Dynamic problemsHamilton’s principle. Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. Mass matrices. Local and Natural coordinates in 1. R. advantages. finite element softwares. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Features of 3D problems in stress analysis. Mesh generation and numbering.706. Global. Theory of elasticity . Cook. Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. 4. Scalar field problems . Largrangean and Serendipity elements. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element.S. 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. lumped and consistent formulations. properties of stiffness matrices. C.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction. Butterworth-Heinemann. Chandrapatla & Ashok D.derivation of elements equations . References:1. Butterworth-heinemann 5.Rao. The Finite Element Method in Engineering.generalised coordinates approach . Introduction to the Finite Element Method. 2 and 3 dimensions . Solution of Algebraic equations. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Krishnamoorthy.

experimental investigations of the yield criteria .equilibrium equations referred to slip lines . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Chen W. deep drawing Classification of rolling processes .drawing and extrusion . & Han D.simple models of material behavior . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.closed die forging .open die forging . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 123 .Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations .forging allowances and tolerances ..analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction .J.tubes.plastic potential theory .experimental verification . blanking. Johnson W. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. McGraw Hill 2. Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers. Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers.yield surface .hot rolling .Henkeys theorem . bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory ..slip lines .E.Von-Mises yield criterion .analysis .cold rolling .stability postulates .strip load on semi-infinite body lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: 1.plastic work .yield criterion of metals .isotropic and kinematic hardening . 4.temperature effects .lubrication .F.Tresca criterion .basic considerations of plasticity theory .706.temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .08. D Van Nostrand Co Ltd. Dieter G.wires . Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs.rolling of bars and shapes analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.subsequent yield surfaces .residual stresses in rods . Plasticity for Structural Engineers.production of seamless pipe and tubes . shearing.plastic flow .incompressible two-dimensional flow .stress space . Mechanical Metallurgy. Classification of forging process . Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.B..compression of block between parallel plates .hodographs . 3.analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain . & Mellor P.simple slip line field analysis in extrusion .process classification .sheet metal forming.representation of the criteria in stress space .Levy-Mises stress strain relations .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METAL FORMING Credits : 4 Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .maximum work hypothesis . McGraw Hill.

from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 124 .11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools . Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3. Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development . column .706.C. MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines . shafts . spindles . rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources. Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables. Machine tools design Volume 1. guide ways.Graw. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).2. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.3.Sen and Bhattacharya 4. MODULE II Hydraulic power . frame . S. Principles of Machine tools – G.Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools . Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc. Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools .Basu. Allied pub. effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical.4 – N. Mechanical. slides . Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. clutches. The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M. Hydraulic and combination systems .08.Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Design of a stepped gear box. bearings. Acherkan 7. REFERENCES 1.G. Design of Machine tools.K.Town 5.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process. AJM. Electrical Discharge Machining Process.ECG etc. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 125 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Metal removal rate ." Non Conventional Machining ". Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH.wire out EDM . 2. Principle-gun construction . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Process parameters . Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment.Types of gun . 1997. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. USM. The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series.EDM. pumping processes. P. 1995. A Text Books: of Production Engineering.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification . PAM.Mishra.Recent Developments in EDM. emission types-beam control.K. WJM etc.08. P. principles.706. Applications References: 1. EC.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process. LBM. operating principles-Breakdown mechanismDielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits. Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters. Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducers-concentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rate-Process parameters.C.Sharma.Energies employed in the processes.

D. Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams. Pergamom. dimensionless parameters.. 5. Press. Macmillan. " Hand book of Turbomachinery ". Tata Mc Graw Hill 2.. 1999.. " Principles of Turbomachinery ". Ganesan . New Delhi. Dixon. S. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Jr. impeller flow losses. Earl Logan. losses and performance curves. Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. 1969.I. diffuser analysis.08. 7. John Wiley and Sons Inc. 8. 1973. stage and design parameters. Pergamom Press. types. losses. stage losses and efficiency. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1990.J. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines.706. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TURBO MACHINES Credits : 4 Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor. testing and performance characteristics. 1996. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. enthalpy-entropy diagrams.V.H. Yahya. " Blowers and Pumps ". 4. stage velocity triangles. Co. applications. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1992.. Shepherd. " Turbines. volute and diffusers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. work done factor.G. 3.. A. Bruneck. reaction stages. characteristics curves and selection. 6... References: 1. Fans. classification of fluid machinery. losses and coefficients blade design principles. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. 1965. specific speed.. flow analysis in impeller blades. Marcel Dekker Inc.. S. Publishing Company. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 126 . Compressor and Fans ". Stepanff. slip factor. Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. fan drives and fan noise. " Gas Turbines ". " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ".

Heat flux meters. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. Humidity measurements. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals. flow nozzles and orifices.14 L-T-D: 3-1-0 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Capacitance pressure gauge.08. application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges. Thermostats. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. 127 . Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges. Fluid factors. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Magnetic flow meter. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. Thermal mass flow meter. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes.706. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device.

Eckman. 3. 2. Measurement System – application and Design. Doebelin.P. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. J. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 128 . Experimental Methods for Engineers. Donald P. Holman. Ernest O. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.REFERENCES: 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Industrial Instrumentation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

U.Vibration measuring instruments .Thomsom. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Anderson Roger A. Laplace Transforms.S. 9. McGraw Hill. 3. Beronek .08. W. Hand Book on Noise control. 2.C.T. Doello .Deslie L. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1. density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media . 6. Hinkle and Morse.Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N. MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step . Fundamentals of Vibration. Band pass filters . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. graphic level recorder . 4. C. MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power . 7. Theory of Vibrations. Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company . Tee. Noise and vibration Control. 8.L. Mechanical Vibrations.L.Harris. Solutions to Differential Equations . Kinslor and Frey. 5.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free . Tata McGraw Hill. Narrow Band Analysers . Timosheako. Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics . ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 129 . forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic . Vibration problem in Engg.706. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations. Fundamentals of Acoustics. Environmental Acoustics.

Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation, Collection of background data- service history, photographic records, Selection of samples for various conditions, Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation- Magnetic particle inspection, Liquid penetrant inspection, Eddy current inspection, ultrasonic inspection, radiography, acoustic emission inspection, experimental stress analysis, Mechanical testing, limitations of tensile testing, Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces- cleaning, sectioning, opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces, Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Selection and preparation of metallographic sections, Examination and analysis of metallographic sections, Determination of fracture type- Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture, brittle fracture, transgranular brittle fracture, Intergranular brittle fracture, Fatigue fracture- Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture, Stress corrosion cracking, Liquid metal embrittlement, Hydrogen embrittlement, Creep and stress rupture failures, ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis- Analysis of bulk materials, analysis of surfaces and deposits, spot tests, Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts- Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts), plane stress and plane strain, Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis, fracture toughness testingPlane strain fracture toughness test, COD test, Simulated service testing, Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing, Case studies of failures: failures of shafts, failures of heat exchangers References: 1. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter, McGraw Hill 4. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.J. Goodhew, J. Humphreys and R. Beanland , Pub: :Taylor and francis, 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0


Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form toolsCutting tool nomenclature, systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand , right hand ,straight shank, bent shank-offset and stepped. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting .Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Stress distribution on rake face –Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio- Merchant’s circle diagram-Relationship between forces, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. Problems. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force, Measurements. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning, milling, drilling and grinding dynamometersDeformation studies using quick-stop devices. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperature- Temperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple- Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method. Surface finishParameters on surface finish. MODULE III Cutting tool materials, major tool material types-HSS, coated HSS, satellite, Cemented Carbides, Titanium Carbides Coated carbides, Ceramics, SIALON, Diamonds, CBN , Ucon, their characteristics and applications. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear. Tool wear criteria –Tool life –Taylor’s tool life equation. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Parameters affecting tool life.- Problems – Economics of cutting. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids- Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. References:1. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principle of metal cutting. 2. Shaw M.C, Metal cutting principles. 3. Boothroyd, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. 4. Black P.H, Theory of metal cutting. 5. Production Technology, HMT 6. Venkitesh.V.G, Experimental methods in metal cutting. 7. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book, ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction, Stainless Steels, Cobalt Chromium Alloys, Titanium Alloys, Dental Materials, Corrosion of Medical Implants, Manufacturing of Implants. Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials, Sterilisation, Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility, biodegradable polymeric materials, Tissue derived Biomaterials, Soft Tissue Replacement, Hard Tissue Replacement, Preservation Techniques. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction, Bio inert Bio Ceramics, Biodegradable ceramics, Bioactive ceramics, deterioration of ceramics, manufacturing techniques, Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction, Properties, Biocompatibility, Shape Memory effect, Super Elasticity, Hysteresis, Anti – Kinking, Application with examples – Orthopedic, Dental, Surgical Instruments, Stent, Artificial Urethral Valves. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis, Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Function, Biocompatibility, Material Selection for Orthopedic, Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. REFERENCES 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”, Vol.I, CRC Press, 2000. 2. Mel Schwartz, “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”, Vol. I, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2002. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1992.plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development.Collaborative product commerce. Morgantown. 1998.08. WV.. Prasad.Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design .Real time constraints. Sammy G Sinha. Berlin. 1987. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). REFERENCES 1. Research Centre.decomposition in concurrent design . Springer Verlog.Solid modeling Product data management . Web Reference: www.Organizing for CE . 1992. Anderson MM and Hein. Concurrent Engg.Automated analysis idealization control . JOhn and Sons Inc. "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process". Life Cycle semi realization .modular .opportunity for manufacturing enterprises .design for economics evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design .modality of Concurrent Engineering Design .nl/race/ce/ce95.CE design methodologies .tue. 1996. JIT system low inventory . 3. IT support . Andrew Kusaik. Artificial Intelligence.706. "Design for Concurrent Engineering". Wiley.html University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Life-cycle design of products . "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development". Wiley.Checking the design process . Manufacturing competitiveness .An intelligent design for manufacturing system. L.. Cleetus.CE tool box collaborative product development.Expert systems .negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies . John and Sons Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 6.conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach .Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing. 4. 2. Prentice Hall.product realization taxonomy .19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONCURRENT ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) . J. "Integrated Product Development". "Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 133 .Software hardware co-design. 5.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Escapement devices. 5th Edition. Source. actuation methods. Sequence valve. Robotics: Basic concepts. orientation of parts – active and passive devices. Reference 1. load sensitivity. basic concepts.706. Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming. Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. feed tracks. Pearson Education. 2nd Edition. time delay valve. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Mechatronics”. pressure relief valve. linear and Rotary actuators. friction. 5. storage and distribution. types. i. “Oil Hydraulic System”. pressure reducing valves. synchronous and asynchronous. Direction Control Valves. Applications of Robots. shutter valve. Contaminates in hydraulic system. Majumdar S R. Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis. linear and Rotary Actuators. Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids. “Mechatronics”. Transfer devices – continuous. Direction control valves – types. New Delhi (1999). control and cleanliness standards. Necsulelscu Dan. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 134 . Product design for high-speed automatic assembly. actuation methods. Types of Automation. Piston pumps. Bolton W. pressure control valves. Feasibility etc. Vane. DOF.20 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation. Geoffrey Boothroyd. programming.e.08. Hydraulic fluids. “Fluid Power with Application”. end effectors – Types and uses. Tata McGraw Hill (2001). effect of frequency. examples of design modifications. Sensors in Robots. Fluid power generators. Intermittent. 4. Basic components. Pearson Education. acceleration. Vibratory feeders – Mechanics. treatment of compressed air. 2. drives. work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints. classification based on Geometry. New Delhi (2002). 3. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Anthony Esposito. pressure control valves. Unloading valve. Counterbalance valve. track angle. Pearson Education (2003). conventional as well as computer aided design. logic devices – twin pressure valve. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction. Gear. Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction. “Assembly Automation and Product Design”.

biomass.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. SAE 4. performance characteristics in engines. 3. different methods of use.706.Powering the future. flat plate collectors. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy. SAE 7. dual fuel systems. Soya bean diesel. Engines. MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production. batteries for electric vehicles. application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. SAE INC. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. comparative use of fuel and energy recharging. collection devices. Dhanpat Rai and Sons. application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel. properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels. storage and transportation methods. 9. SAE 6. applicability of electric cars.use in S.Automotive Fuels reference book. electrolysis of water.D.types and layouts. precautions and safety for use. Richard L. Tom Koppel. and engine performance with vegetable oil. thermo chemical production and biochemical production. rapeseed oil. SAE 5. K. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. use of alcohols in Sl engines. Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S. 1990 10. performance of methanol and gasoline blends.IC. sources of hydrogen. Production of Bio-diesel. Bob Brant. References: 1. diesel and vegetable oil blends. driving requirements. 750121. Warrendale.Alternative energy sources 11. types & capacities. Mathur and Sharma. Brennan.Build your own Electric Vehicle.N Vezgirigiu.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd. concentrating type collectors. Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties. fuel metering system.1 engines. thermal decomposition of water. principle and working photovoltaic conversion. performance of LPG. limitations. use of alcohols in Cl engines. esterification of vegetable oil. David Powell and Richard P. alcohol. and C. use in fuel cells. T. modifications necessary. alternative energy. applications to engines.1 engines. hydrogen. and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods. property & its use in Sl engines. New Delhi. rice bran oil etc. natural gas and producer gas . Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen. energy conservation in transportation sector.08.Alcohol Diesel emulsions.21 ALTERNATE ENERGY SOURCES Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources. 750118.I. T. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1991 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. SAE papers: 73802. description of biogas plant. production of hydrogen. Bechtold.. Energy research group. 3-1-0 135 . 741008 8. Hybrid vehicles .Alternate fuels guide book. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each..

706. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus. Narosa Publishing House. Giri. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 7. Evaporative emission. Aldehyde emissions. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures. “Automobile Engineering”. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction.. CO. 3. NOx. NDIR analyzer.NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines. “Automobile Engineering”. 2004 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion . Flame ionization detectors. K. Emission standards.K. 2006 6. “Engine Emissions”. Tata McGraw Hill Co.Smoke emission in diesel engines . Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers. Scitech Publications Pvt. Gas analyzer. Ramalingam. J. Ganesan.1995. EUDC. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Internal Combustion Engines. 2005 4. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC..Smoke meters.22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L-T. Exhaust emission . Heywood. transient operational effects on pollution. N.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases. Ltd.08. optimization of operating factors. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles. Khanna Publishers. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines . Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . construction of road networks.P.K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). “Automobile Mechanic”. Amitosh De. Design changes. Effect of operating variables on emission formation. References: 1. 2004. Pundir. air injector PCV system. Control of Crankcase emission. Chemiluminescent analyzer. Particulate Matters. Green house gases and global warming.D. Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards. Ltd. Dr. ECE. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 136 . 2007.. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. thermal reactors.Effects of operating variables on emission formation.B. 2. Pollutants-sources-formation-effects on human beings and environment. Galgotia Publications Pvt. B. McGraw Hill Book Co. V.. Canisters. Volume of constituents for perfect combustion.exhaust gas recirculation..

IP Patents .D. 1992.introducing new products.Testing . TIFAC. Pitman Publishing Ltd. Research and new product development .706. 1997. I.Patent search . 5.Basic types of property (i. Invention and Creativity .Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies .Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels . Immovable Property and iii.Patent application References: 1.Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions .screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).. Harry Nystrom. " Creativity and innovation".Copyrights and related rights .Patent laws . 3-1-0 137 .Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. " New Product Planning ".marketing research . P. 1992.creativity and problem solving .Importance . Creative design . Bulletins. John Wiley & Sons. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.P. Harry B.Khandwalla .Wheeler Publishing ".Intellectual Property (IP) . Movable Property ii.Indian IPR legislations . " Managing technological innovation". 1992. Brain Twiss.commitments to WTOPatent Ordinance and the Bill . Design of proto type .the need for creativity and innovation .Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Intellectual property rights (IPR).cost evaluation .Selection criteria .factors contributing to successful technological innovation . New Delhi.Protection of IPR . 4.23 CREATIVITY.quality standards .Patents . 3.08. Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .Watton.Model Preparation ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) . INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation .testing .different techniques. Intellectual Property). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Allahabad. 1979. Prentice Hall Inc. 2.International code for patents ..Present against unfair competition.N.brain storming .R.

MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need . MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta . Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4.Dove and B. Experimental stress analysis – J. Types – Visual Examinations .Adams 5.805. penetrate tests.H.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope .W. REFERENCES 1.1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point . Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideasHolographic non Destructive testing .ELECTIVE IV 08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 138 .Frocht 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.C.Railey 3. Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R.Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques . Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope .Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).M. Photo elasticity .Application of photo elastic methods .M.Dally and W.

calculation of true air speed-altimeter-gyro horizon direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude.EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.supersonic wind tunnels. lateral and directional stability. References: 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 139 . 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips. Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows.calculation of induced drag from momentum considerations.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –off. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig. Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balances.aircraft ground run. Mechanics of flight.the lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio.pressure. Skin friction and from drag. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.characteristics.controls of an aero plane. Kermode 2.08. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only). C. 2D aero foils Nomenclature and classification.wing tip vortices. Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4. stratosphere . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). thermosphere . and ionosphere.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex system. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stabilitylongitudinal.805.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere . Study of subsonic. (Brief description and qualitative ideas only).high lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts.take off and landing performance – length of runway required.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil. Transonic. A.changes in finite wing plan shape. Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts. temperature and density variations in the atmosphere. Only). 3. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems. Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilingsgliding angle and speed of flattest glide. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. induced drag.

Stores and warehouses . replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. Elements off Industrial safetyCauses and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. Office.G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.A W Peymberton 4.John A Sehbin 2. Storage area etc. – Plant safety. Plant layout and Material Handling . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants .805.08.3 FACILITIES PLANNING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories. Equipment replacement – Repair. FF & Control . Module II Environmental aspects like lighting. Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. humidity. REFERENCE 1. Line balancing methods. Ventilation. Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Plant layout and Material Handling . Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product.James A Apple 3. Use of DCF techniques. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. Computer applications in layout designs. dust control. on consideration of facilities of working people. Plant layout and Material Handling. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 140 .

Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples. Decision trees . 5. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution. REFERENCE 1. Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment problem solution to transportation.Taha. Wiley.Churchman . 3. L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Philips and Ravindran Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic. Wiley. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement. Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source. 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Operations research . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks with PERT / CPM. Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution.4 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations.805. Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models. Mc graw Hill. Introduction to dynamic Programming. Operations research . MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems . MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). limited queue etc.08.Ackeff and Arneff. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 141 . Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . Priority disciplines – Practical applications.Holden day. Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti .

L.embedding dimension and time delay .classification and stability of equilibrium solutions .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 142 .feigenbaum number . Baker G.Fourier spectra..local and global bifurcation of continuous systems .H.. Nayfeh A.limit cycle .state-space and pseudo state space . Chaotic Dynamics. Poincare'sections and maps lyapunov exponents References: 1.time dynamical systems autonomous and non autonomous systems . Springer Verlag 7.Rossler equations .period s doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve .phase space and flows . Chaos and Fractals.floquet theory .time systems .periodic solutions of continuous .measures of fractal dimension .cantor set . Scheinerman E. John Wiley 3. Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics.fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history . Springer Verlag 5.fractal dimension . Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.static and dynamic bifurcations of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation . Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.cyclic fold . Peitgens.. Jurgens & Saupe.symmetry breaking . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions . John Wiley 2.T. Cambridge University Press 6.correlation dimension and Information dimension . Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.M. Applied Nonlinear map .continuous time systems autonomous and non autonomous systems . Thomson J. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.attracting sets concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous .period doubling . Invitation to Dynamical Systems.poincare'maps bifurcation . Wiggins S.08.R. & Stewart H B.& Gollub J.Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' equation .transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps .. Moon F.fixed points of maps and their stability . John Wiley 4.bifurcation diagram of onedimensional maps . & Balachandran B.805.capacity dimension . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

standard fixture components .strap.types of drill jigs -template -vise . Kempster M.E. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fundamentals of Tool Design 3.principles of clamping . Goroshkin A.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.economics Drill Jigs -definition .methods of location .basic principles . concentric. Wilson & Holt. spherical.jaw chucks .examples of pre-design analysis principles of locating and positioning .machine vices .latch and self locking clamps .design considerations in work holder design and selection design calculations of lever type clamp .worked examples Module III Fixtures .product analysis . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 143 .milling fixtures .wedge.hook type clamp . "Hand book of Fixture Design".pin and button locators .drive chucks . Tata McGraw Hill 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Grant H.process planning and typical operation layout product considerations .definition of location .principles of jig and fixture design construction methods and materials used . swing.operation analysis machine analysis . radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Cole B.indexing tables and worktables . Donaldson. McGraw Hill 7. Colving & Haas.. "Jigs and Fixtures .boring and lather fixtures .A.jig feet and legs .indexing jigs . pinch and magnetic clamps .magnetic chucking devices -mandrels . "Tool Design".Non Standard Clamping Devices". ELBS 2. Lecain & Goold.A Reference Book".H.leaf box and tumble jigs . Taraporevala 8. MIR Publishers 5.pre-design analysis .slot and key-way milling fixtures . "Jigs and Fixtures .08.fixture for milling flanges straddle milling fixtures .pneumatic..types of clamps .K. hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps .screw clamps .operator analysis and cost analysis .welding fixtures .fixture design examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components fixtures for inspection testing and assembly .chucks . McGraw Hill 6. ASTME. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).face milling fixture with equalizers .profile milling fixtures .indexing fixture . "Tool Design". hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps .universal fixture for profile milling .plane.mandrels and collet .wedge type clamp .purpose of work holding devices .drill guide bushings . "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design". "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book".805.examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1..

mathematical models .dropwise condensation .pressure drop limitation effect .propagation of small disturbances .M. Ginoux J.mechanism of evaporation and condensation . McGraw Hill 2.pool boiling convective boiling . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 144 .. Multiphase Science and Technology.Y. slug and annular flows . bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer .. Hemisphere.correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models . McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow. Hewitt G.805.08.pressure gradient in condensing systems .empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling .G.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling . Wiley 5..influence of pressure gradient ..two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer .identification and classification .W.experimental observations .pressure losses through enlargements.flow pattern maps and transition . Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer. Convective Boiling and Condensation. Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems.void fraction and slip ratio correlations . McGraw Hill 4. I.compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation .film condensation on a planar surface . Vol. orifices.critical flow criterion .momentum and energy balance homogeneous and separated flow models .7 MULTIPHASE FLOW L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow .S.basic processes of condensation .. & Graham R.void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling .correlations for bubble. Collier J.saturated boiling heat transfer .drift flux model . Hsu Y.flow patterns . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Delhaye J.empirical treatment of two phase flow . Tong L.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. & Zuber N. Hemisphere 3.J.burnout mechanism and correlations .vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms .graphical representation of critical flow conditions References: 1.methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation. Critical multiphase flows . contractions.critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities ..

Introduction to servo systems. Design of systems for specific requirements. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Study of their functional & design characteristic. Digital incremental and digital absolute. Economics of numerically controlled machines. accumulators etc. C. adaptive control principles. MODULE.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control. Industrial Hydraulics. valves.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits.maintenance of hydraulic systems.Kundra. seals. EXAPT. ADAPT. Rao. K.08.Information carriers.elements of hydraulic systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 145 .II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control. REFERENCES: 1. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.analogue.805.Programming languages.manual and computer aided programming.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control. K. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. N.APT.Hydraulic principles.Information flow in NC machine tool. CAD/CAM.John Pippinger 2. P.Mikel P Groover 4. NC Machines & CAM.tape readerinterpolator – Measuring devices. N.pumps filters. MODULE-III Programming.

M. about a circular hole. Henry H.9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . 3. Wales. elliptical openings. Design Hand Book ". 1988. CBS Publishers and Distributors.Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels .08. Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 146 . 2. Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring. References: 1.Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components .collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure . Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns . Theory of reinforcement pressure vessel design. CBS Publishers and Distributors. torispherical heads. a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel.FEM application. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cyclinder . " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ". Stanley.Applications. 1987.effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders .Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure .Terminology and Ligament Efficiency . Piping : Introduction . John F. " Pressure Vessels.805.Cylindrical shells.Thermal stresses . " Chemical Process Equipment.Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading . Selection and Design. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). spherical shells. Bedner. Harvey. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. conical heads . Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon .supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration .Piping layout and piping stress Analysis. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Flow diagram .Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels.

use of restrict hydro static squeeze films .. Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. S. Basu. PHI. MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 147 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.805. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing . SenGupta and Ahuja. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).C.08. 2.Chand Co.B. Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . 3. Tribology in Industry. power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1. Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava. Majumdar . Fundamentals of Tribology.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TRIBOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.

selection and presentation. Secondary functions values-Use value. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources. Module II Selection of project. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. benefits. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. general phase. audit. functions and value-Basic functions. Approaches-job plan. techniques. McGraw hill.08. S. value analysis. 2000. Datta. evaluation phase. 2000. New Delhi. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 148 . guidelines. 3.S. 2001.Product manufacturing. Inventory Control and Logistics. DARSIRI. Creation phase.11 VALUE ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History. Chemical processing. FAST Diagram as a tool. 2. D. Value Engineering. A. Project work: work sheets. information phase. Mumbai. cost worth model. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. principles of costing &cost estimation. Value Engineering is intensive cost search. Automated Production. team members. role of creativity. Methodology. Materials Management. Iyer. Checklist. L. Jaico Publishing House. implementation and follow up. evaluation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. development and scope of value management. Miles . Basic concepts of value engineering. Industrial cases . information. Semi –Automated production. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. objectives.805. K. investigation and implementation phase. Esteem value. Creation. New Age International (P) Ltd.

formal specification in the software process .software cost estimation ..FAQs about software engineering .critical systems .elicitation and analysis .the people capability maturity model .automated process support .algorithmic cost modeling.planning .data re-engineering Software project management .interface evaluation. Fundamentals of Software Engineering.quality planning .functional and non-functional requirements .CASE workbenches Software prototyping .application families .software testing .choosing and keeping people . Mall R. Pearson Education Asia 2. Jalote P.J.user support .legacy systems .prototyping in the software process .object models .process improvement process and product quality .feasibility studies . Dependability .software re-engineering . Ian Sommerville. project duration and staffing quality management .design with reuse .testing workbenches .system engineering process .rapid prototyping techniques formal specification ..system models .life cycle models iteration .distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design .information presentation .critical systems specifications .managing people . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).specification .data models .interface specification behaviour specification .group working .SRS .. & Hudson requirements . Software Engineering Fundamentals.scheduling . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks .software measurement and metrics .validation and implementation .component-based development .quality assurance and standards .critical system development .version and release management .design evolution .security .quality control .defect testing .architectural design .clean room software development . Prentice Hall of India patterns . Software Engineering.project planning .software change . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.integration testing .automated static analysis .productivity estimation techniques .system structuring .design principles . Behferooz A.risk management .professional and ethical responsibility system modelling .process measurement process CMM . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 149 .critical system validation Module III Software evolution .validation ..12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .behaviour models .user requirements .system building .evolution . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08.system requirements .user interaction .requirements engineering processes . McGraw Hill 3.S. Oxford University Press 5.process analysis and modeling . Software Engineering.object-oriented testing .the software process .domain-specific architectures .configuration management .system design .objects and classes .control models .software maintenance architectural evolution . An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering.real-time software design . Pressman R.availability and reliability safety .change management .CASE tools for configuration management References : object oriented design process case study .real time executives .user interface design .planning .verification and validation .modular decomposition .software inspection .context models .

H. B. Scott 4. Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures. Powder insulation.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems.Refrigerators using solids as working media.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperatures. Linde Hampson Cycle. Medicine. Klaus D. Electrical Power. Super Insulations. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements.08. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press.General Liquefaction systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 150 . MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems. Food Processing.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Historical development.805. Claude & Cascaded System. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials. References: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Vacuum insulation. Biology.. super Conductivity. R.Barron.Flynn. J. Mechanical properties. 2. Adiabatic expansion.Liquefaction systems for Neon.Thermal properties. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. Cryo pumping Applications. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. New York.Timmerhaus and Thomas M. Magnetic Cooling. 1989. Cryogenic Engineering . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.–. 1986 3. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems. McGraw Hill. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Joule Thomson expansion. Cryogenic Engineering. Cryogenic systems Randal F. Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry.

B. R.Different types of biomaterials . ECG machine.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. Jacob Kline.S.Pacemakers. 7. Tata McGraw Hill. Guyton. heart valves. Heart . conduction velocity and latency.Khandpur. Material properties. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). kidneys. properties and rheology of bone. different types . PH meter. 8. structural mechanics.lung machine. propagation of action potential through nerves.transducers for biological applications principles.Webster. prostheses and orthotics.Structure. Electrical activity of heart. Academic Press. MODULE II Biodynamics:. upper limb and Spine. glasses. Springer.805. Cartilage and synovial fluid.C. Boston. Therapeutic equipments . glass ceramics.Application and Design.Weibell and Erich A.Pferffer. EMG machine. MODULE III Biomaterials:. Transducers.Ratner and Hoffman. polymers. Y. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 151 . Fung. EEG machine. Academic Press Inc. John Wiley & Sons. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants. -. joints. composites. immunology and compliment system. Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. New York. ceramics.Cobbold. 4. Biomechanics: Motion. John C. Text book of Medical Physiology – C. Orthopaedic mechanics:. implantable transducers. John G. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. 6. 1990 3. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. New Delhi. Fred J. New Delhi. 5. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments . D. Transducers for Biomedical Measurements. Leslie Cromwell. and passive transducers.D.Flow stress and Growth. Reactions to biomaterials inflammation.BP monitors. M. Medical instrumentation . 2. Houghton Mifflin company. wound healing & foreign body response..metals.08. Mechanics of lower limb. References 1.

single axis and multi axis vibration.air flow direction.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components.Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources.Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers. forced liquid system cooling.Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections.Junction FET.Steady State Conduction. Electronic Equipment for Airplanes. heat pipe.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source . solid state thermoelectric cooling. jet impingement cooling.flow impedance curve for electronics box.Different Altitude and Power Conditions.effect of altitude. 152 .Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core. Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters.Mounting Components on PCBs . Microcomputers.Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes. Satellites.Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection. Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change -Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests.heat sink.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks -Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .Steady State Heat Transfer. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers -Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor -Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance .InterconnectsResistors-Capacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads. and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics -Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources. and Spacecraft . Missiles.Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices.08.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction.Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic components-Heat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices. orientation of circuit boards within the chassis. Radiation Cooling of Electronics . Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB .Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling . Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling.Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers.cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangers-fin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals. Convection and Radiation. spray cooling-Environment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration.805.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.E. Thermal management of electronic systems 5. J. Dewitt. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. Cooling of electronic systems 4. John Wiley and sons 8. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment. Incropera and David P. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach. New York. Heat Transfer. Nag P K. New York 6.Hijikata. 7. Sadik Kakac.References: 1.Hijikata. Heat and Mass Transfer. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 153 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. H. Frank P. CRC Press LLC 2. Inc 3.Bardon. Holman J P..Yuncu. McGraw Hill Inc.Beyna.. Thermal design pf electronic equipment. J. Ralph Remsberg.. Dave S. Yunus A Cengel.Sauliniar. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.P.B. Heat and Mass Transfer. John Wiley & Sons.K. H.

Configurations. 5. Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. Elastic Symmetry. Linear Thermoelasticity. Sudhakar Nair.The Continuum Concept. Principal Stresses. Mase.H. Stretch Tensors. Equations of Motion.Balance Laws. Plane Elasticity. Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Summation Convention. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Shaums outline. Three-Dimensional Elasticity References: 1. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media. Constitutive Equations. Vorticity. Indicial Notation. Mase & G. Stress. Finite Strain Tensors. The Stress Tensor. Second-Order Tensors. and Volume Integrals. Fung. Mohr’s Circles for Stress. The Energy Equation. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. Hooke’s Law.Elasticity. T. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. Continuity Equation. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . Superposition Principle. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. 4. Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Material and Spatial Coordinates. Material Derivative of Line Elements. Mass Density.C.N. J. Deviator and Spherical Stress States. and Cartesian Tensors. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles . Airy Stress Function. Tensor Calculus. Areas. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. Surface. Tensor Fields. Plane Stress. Continuum_Mechanics. 6.08. Reddy. Strain Energy. Law of Conservation of Energy. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. and Motion. Cauchy Stress Principle.805. Principal Stress Directions. Y. Material Derivatives of Line. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 154 . Force and Moment Equilibrium.Particles. --2nd ed. Velocity Gradient. Deformation Gradients. E. Matrices and Determinants. Lagrangian Equations of Motion. Rotation Tensor. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation. Conservation of Mass. Tensor Symmetry. Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion .16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONTINUUM MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. J. Field Equations. Rate of Deformation. Linear Momentum Principle. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. Vectors. Linear Elasticity . Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media. Torsion.Scalars. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric. 3. G. Constitutive Equations. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Stress Transformation Laws. Continuum mechanics for engineers. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. Elastic Constants. Heinbockel. Stretch Ratios. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Invariance. Deformation.Body and Surface Forces. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory.

08. measuring and managing Brand equity.selecting brand name.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding. Product market strategies.Market potential and demand forecasting. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributessignificance of branding to consumers and firms.Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product development. Donald Lehman: Product management.Opportunity identification and selectionconcept generation-concept/project evaluation-Development-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs. Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement. Tata MacGraw Hill. 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equity.-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. References: 1. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management. Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Definition of a product.portfolio analysis. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2. Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 155 .Merie Crawford : New Product management.Keller. Building. Brand awareness.805. 3.sources of brand equity-managing brandsbuilding branding strategies.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identity-brand personalitybrand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life.Identification of customer needs-Phages in product development.

practice.different steps in the preparation – lay out.S. 5. Proposal writing.types of analysis.making presentation – answering questions-use of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data.interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report .literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem.H. 2. 4. 3. Coley. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 156 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.what is a research problem. J.critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design.18 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research.1989 “How to write and publish a scientific paper”. Newbury-Sage Publications. Earl Babbie. preparation. research proposal.oral presentation – planning.1994.A 1990 .selecting the problemnecessity of defining the problem.805.MW Macmillan publishing company.processing options.D. Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). The practice and Social Research. structure and language of typical reports.interview methodquestionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data.simple exercises . 4 th edition . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.observation method. Day Ra.P.Wordsworth Publishing Company. Ansari. Leedy.objectives of research-motivation in researchtypes of research-research approaches – significance of research. References: 1.important concepts relating to research design. technical papersignificance. Cambridge University Press .research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem.M and Scheinberg C. Practical research planning and Design.08.

Electrochemical sensors. nanoclusters. Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling. W. nanostructured coatings.nanoswitches .Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural.nano sensors: order from chaos. 8. Springer-Verlag. Gregory Timp. A. Nanoscale Science and Technology. Nanotechnology. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). V. nanosensor based on quantum size effect. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Introduction to Nanotechnology. Atomic Force Microscopy. CVD.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. Wiley Eastern 7.S. pulsed laser methods.805.Muralidharan. practical problems with molecular device. Surface analysis and depth profiling. Charles P Poole. T Pradeep . super lattices. McGraw – Hill education 3.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches. Nanobiosensors. Ian Hamley. . Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Frank J Owens. chemical. MW. single molecular devices. Bandyopdhyay. optical and electronic properties. plasma assisted deposition process. mechanical. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 . Mark Geoghegan.nanofilters References: 1. Nano Technology. Greenwood Press 4. quantum wells. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites. New age international publishers 5. Jeremy Ramsden 6. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods. thermal. Molecular motors and machines. MBE. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 157 . nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance.Nano: The essentials . Transmission Electron Microscopy. changes to the system structures. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. John Mongillo.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NANOTECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots.Kelsall Robert. molecular devices. chemical methods. John Wiley and Sons. nanolayered structures. machining process. Nanotechnology. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy.08. nanocrystalline materials. perception.nanofluids: nanoparticles. Sensors based on physical properties. characterization. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy. quantum wires.nano computers. smart dust.K. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid. electrodeposition. A Subramnya. Nanomaterials. preparation of nanofluids. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy. Nano science and Technology. PVD.Carbon nanotubes: SW. magnetic. nanotubes. Lithographics.

08. toe-in. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. hydraulic. Station Abby. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems. Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. (Asia Publishing House). Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives. Edward F. Automobile Engineering. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 158 . Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. Petrol injection – MPFI. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 6. types of drives of automobile. Kirpal Singh.Vol. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). H. Ltd. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . Crouse 5. CRDI. East. Standard Publishers Distributors. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres. Obert. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution. Modern Transmission System. Brakes: Mechanical.W. Automotive Emission Control. Joseph Hietner.. Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. Practical Automobile Engineering. Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. Judge 4. 3. W. layout of chasis.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles.West Press Pvt. Automotive Mechanics. Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types. toe-out.805. A. I & II.fuel filter . rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – castercamber.simple carburettor – modern carburettors. Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh. Delhi. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. Madras. References: 1. 2.

“Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.. Spencer J. fluxing mechanisms. grain boundary strengthening. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. 1981. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. John Wiley. strain hardening. various stages of creep. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation. USA. REFERENCES: 1. brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature. Monkman-Grant relationship. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. 1985. composition control. 1996. 1985. Intermetallics. 6. American Society for Metals. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 159 .21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. interaction of hot corrosion and creep. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”. ductile and brittle materials. 1990. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys. solidification of single crystals.. 4th Edition. 5. kinetic laws of oxidationdefect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions.08. effect of stress. temperature and strain rate. solid solution strengthening. cleavage fracture. hardening. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.H. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. R. Bressers. 4.805. Applied Science. Butterworths. USA. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1983. TCP phase. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. embrittlement. Courtney T. Hertzberg R. methods of combat hot corrosion. UK. high temperature ceramics. Pilling. hot gas corrosion deposit. The Metals Society. J. expressions of rupture life of creep. metallurgical factors influencing various stages.. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. Boyle J. definition of creep curve. W. USA.T. USA. McLean D. Bedworth ratio. Raj.. modified hot gas corrosion. McGraw-Hill. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth.

Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes.Code and regulations for worker safety and health. Health. Ray Asfahl C. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”. Fifth Edition. Krishnan. P. Trivandrum. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics.ISBN: 0138965153 3. Willie Hammer. 2000 . Jaico publishers House – 1996 5.Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) . ButterworthHeinemann.History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizations. “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL.rolling – forging . “Industrial Safety and Health Management”. 5th edition. Occupational committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt. 1998. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. N. 5th Edition..805. in industrial safety .V.C. “Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”. Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials.ISBN: 0131423924 2. 2003 .surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 160 .safety analysis. “Safety in Industry”.22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management .M. John Channing.08. John Ridley. stress. REFERENCES: 1. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height. 6. Prentice Hall. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards. 1999. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations. Prentice Hall. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it. Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. 4. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers. safety and the physical environment.machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. fatigue. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Industrial safety and the law”. Nair Publishers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder .

Design Engineering Harry Cather. Design for Machining. designing with plastics. how to price a product. The Engineering Profession. Probabilistic approach to design. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Techniques for failure analysis.Dixon 4. Morphology of Design. mathematical modeling and computer simulation.Steps. cost versus performance relations. Design for Casting. Reliability theory. Failure modes. weighted property index. depreciation. residual stresses in design. George E. linear programming. Dieter. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Design Engineering-John R. simple design examples. review of CAD. design examples. optimization. Causes of failures. value analysis. visual aids and graphics.A Materials and Processing Approach. Mechanical Engineering Design. Cost evaluation. Ethics in Engineering. Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. Mathew Philip. Design for reliability. Design for welding. Communicating the design. Nondestructive testing methods. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. Design Drawings. life cycle costing.08.FEM . Material selection process. Mc Graw Hill. method of developing cost estimates. Module-III Economic decision making. Modeling and simulation. search methods. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 161 . Design for assembly. cost comparison. 2. Evaluation methods for materials. design for corrosion resistance. Creative problem solving and decision making.23 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module-I Engineering activities. Product Life Cycle. Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. Richard Morris. Engineering Design.FDM. Performance characteristics of materials. sensitivity and break even analysis. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. profitability. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. categories of cost.805. REFERENCES 1. Role of processing in design. inflation. cost models Failure analysis. The design Process. recording of results and writing technical reports.

MIR Publishers. and V. . Kolchin.24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors .Fuel tanks and filters . 1975 5.Farm machinery and equipment.Safety rules. Sorekin. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). hydraulic control system. MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission. methods of selection of equipments. Geleman and M.805. Maskovin.Connecting rods and crankshafts . rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors. 1972. selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil. Smith . MIR. A. MIR Publishers.Auxiliary equipment Trailers and body tipping mechanism. MI1R Publishers Moscow.08. 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Lubricating system servicing and troubles . Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors .Farm tractors. Cylinder and pistons . basic rules for matching machines.Fuel pumps. Moscow. Rodichev and G.Air cleaner and turbo charger .Farm equipment .Basic engine performance characteristics. steering system. power transmission. 1987. selection based on haul distance. Layout of wheeled tractor. . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 162 . 2.Classification . References: 1.A.Components. Publishers. " Tractor and Automobiles ". 3. steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors. MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. wheels. tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors. Guruvech and B.Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . Harris Pearson & Wilkes. TATA McGraw Hill Publications. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.. selection of machines. crawler details . Lambert Henry.Tractors. 1975 4.Main components of tractor .Liquid cooling system . brakes and braking system.Valve mechanism components Cooling system . selection based on weather conditions.Engine balancing .Rodicheva.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ". power take off.Classification .General engine design .

New Delhi. 1986.function of different sections. 8255. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd.. " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications".I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085. " Automotive Micro Electronics ".serial i/o.automotive applications engine control.. 8279. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure .switches. driver information systems). led' rom and ram s interfacing. Ramesh. Tata McGraw-Hill.programmed i/o . 2. New Delhi. Elsevier science publishers. code conversion using look up tables stack and subroutines.addressing modes .III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices . z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function .stepper motor control . Instruction set instruction format .Labella.assembly directive . 1989. L. dma . MODULE .timing diagrams .instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state machine cycle and instruction cycles .P. 5.architecture .805.. References: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming . III Edition. Ahson. " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ". 1986.08..different machine cylces .S.Bianco and A. 3. SAE Transactions.interrupt driven i/o.fetch and execute operations . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.estimation of execution times. high precision learning control system for the engine control. " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies ". 8251.input / output ports 8212. Applications data acquisitions .assembly format of 8085 . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 163 .bcd to binary and binary to bcd..temperature control .25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE .multiple precision addition and subtraction .Mathur.I. development of a high speed. Aditya. multiplication. Wiley Eastern Ltd. division.a/d and d/a converters . suspension system control. Goankar. 6. " Introduction to Microprocessors ". Jabez Dhinagar.S. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. New Delhi.S. 4. 1986. octal latches and tristate buffers . 1986 Sec 3.

. llliffe Books Ltd. 1988.coil springs and torsion bar springs.K. 5.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings.. New Delhi.J. computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle . Chilton aided design of leaf springs .I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads . Giri. 2.805. llliffe Books Ltd. Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft. 3. Steeds & Garret.. 4.G.P.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. wheel spindle bearings.moments and stresses on frame members. New York.P. " Motor vehicle ". llliffe Books Ltd. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. London. " Torque converter ".08. " Automotive Chassis ".26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN Credits : 4 MODULE . 6.W. Heldt. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Newton.N.. London. Heldt. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 164 . 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. Giles. Khanna Publisher. .M. " Mechanics of Road vehicles ". Dean Averns. design details of final drive gearing. References: 1. 1990.. llliffe Books Ltd. choice of bearings. Steeds. " Automobile Mechanics "..M. New York. 1982. 1992. design details of roller and sprag type of clutches. London. " Suspension and tyres ". computer aided design of clutch components. 1982. MODULE .. design details of full floating.moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. 1992. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.. Steering. Clutch torque capacity of clutch. Chilton Book Co. " Automobile Chassis Design ". 7.

Rocket Propulsion elements2.Typical fuels and oxidizers.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance. electrical nuclear and solar rockets.Classification.Test facilities and safeguards. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3. Rocket propulsiongeneral operating principles of chemical.Classification types of propulsive devices. Turbojet. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.III Chemical Rockets. Flight Testing. Rocket Testing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module II Turbojet engine components. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications.augumentation.burning rate. Pulsejet and Rocket engines. Compressors. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Turboshaft. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG. thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Solid propellants.grain Configurations.I Fundamentals of Propulsion.Airscrew. turbines.806.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets. Measurement System Terminology. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. References.air intakes.ELECTIVE V 08. Turboprop.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability. Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle. simple problems. Module. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship. Energy and efficiencies. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 165 . Igniters liquid propellants. turbofan. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrust. Liquid propellant feed systems injectors. Selection. Theory of propulsion – Thrust. properties and specifications. Combustion chambers. Ramjet.Types. Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling.Classification.1 PROPULSION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module. P. Scramjet. 1.

Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. Computer Centre . Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Calculation of freezing time. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 166 . ships and in space crafts. Heating and ventilating control. trailers and containers. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. Refrigeration load in freezers. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals. Relation between moisture content and time. Vegetables. Duct sizing. Such as Meat. Railway refrigerated cars. Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. System Design – Ventilation requirements. Theaters. Refrigerated trucks. frozen storages. Review of the components of a vapor compression system. duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. printing plants. Module II Processing. References 1. Fish. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Poultry.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. Cold storage. Beverage Products. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods.806. ASHRAE Date Book. Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Food storage requirement. Plant air flow design. storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Eggs. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2.08. Dairy products. Control systems diagram. Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. Refrigeration in Air transport. Laboratories. marine refrigeration. Refrigerated warehouse .(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Heating and cooling loads. Fruits. Refrigeration in chemical Industry. Textile processing etc. Heat velocity of foods. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing.

Gupta. system reliability. Prentice Hall Sharma S. Mean failure rate. 2. “Reliability Engineering”. State of control and process out of control identification in charts.. hazard rate.S.L “Statistical Quality Control”.C.O. AOQL conceptsstandard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD. 6.T.. Minimum inspection per lot. Prentice Hall Connor. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. References. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”. “Statistical Quality Control”. 8.uses of standard sampling plans. “Statistical Quality control”.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Eugene . 4. basic concept of quality. Reliability improvements – techniques. AQL. 7. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples. 1. benefits and limitation of SQC.uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart. P. definition of SQC. mean time to failure. series. Grant. McGraw-Hill L.use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles.806. Quality assurance.Srinath. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. LTPD. mean time between failure. 5.C.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. “ Practical Reliability Engineering”. definition of quality. 3. Economics of inspections . Maintainability and availability – simple problems. R chart and σ chart. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems. Khanna Publishers Danny Samson. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. “Quality Control”. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 167 . Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling.D. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk.H. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4 Introduction. Quality cost-Variation in process. double.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. " Cooling Tower ".. 1997. T. Spray design.A Basic Guide. Testing and Maintenance. G. Overall heat transfer co-efficient. Experimental Methods. Nicholas Cheremisioff. Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulus. " Industrial Heat Exchangers " .Frass. Ann Arber Science pub. 1981.Industrial Applications. 1996. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. " Heat Exchanger Design ". 1980.Afgan " Heat Exchangers ". New Delhi. 3. " Process Heat Transfer ". Regenerators and Recuperators.. London. Effect of Turbulence. 1992. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1980. NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature. Types of failures. 6. Tata McGraw Hill. D. McGraw Hill Book Co. Theory and Pratice. Walker. Counter flow and parallel flow. 2. References: 1. Selection of pumps.Q. " Heat Exchangers ". Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling .Thermal Stress in tubes. Temperature distribution and its implications. John Wiley & Sons.Taborek. 5.F. Edition. Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD). Holger Martin. 7. Friction factor. Fans and Pipes. Plate type evaporators.. Pressure loss. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 168 . Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. Cooling Towers : Packing. 4. Effectiveness.P.Sukatme. New York.Hewitt and N.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers.Kern. Channel divergence. McGraw Hill Book Co. Second Edition.806. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. Arthur P. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin.

Intellectual property rights (IPR).screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).the need for creativity and innovation .Model Preparation . Allahabad.Wheeler Publishing ". New Delhi. TIFAC.Khandwalla . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Patent laws International code for patents . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. I. 5. Bulletins. 1992.introducing new products.Watton. Harry B. 1992. Pitman Publishing Ltd. 3.testing .creativity and problem solving . 4. John Wiley & Sons. 1992. 2..brain storming .Patents . Prentice Hall Inc. Creative design . 1979. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Testing .quality standards .different techniques. Module III Design of proto type ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .. " Creativity and innovation". Brain Twiss.806. 1997.R. Research and new product development . P. Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .Selection criteria .cost evaluation . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits : 4 Module I The process of technological innovation . " Managing technological innovation".marketing research .factors contributing to successful technological innovation .08. " New Product Planning ".N.Patent search .Patent application References: 1. Harry Nystrom.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 169 .

Scientific Inventory Management 2. Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques. Materials Management 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating. Integrated Material management 5. HML. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure. Delphi and other Group techniques. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection.Shah . Design of Inventory control systems. REFERENCES 1. Techniques and materials. VED. Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting.6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . MODULE .Starr & Miller . Correction for fluctuations. Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept.I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries.Tershine University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 170 .P. Inventory Management 3. Coverage analysis in Material management. The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging. FSN. Time series analysis. Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record. Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management. Effects of shortage cost on EOQ.08.Gopalakrishnan . Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items. Principles of Inventory management . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Bnchan & Kbenigsberg . Systems of Inventory control. Exponentially weighed smoothening. 3-D approaches.R. and MUSIC. methods and illustration examples. Development of Computer Programme for forecasting.II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in leadtime and demand.M . Inventory costs and EOQ model. Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC. Effects in Cost.806.

ensemble averages and correlation functions .S. “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”.probability density and distribution functions properties of autocorrelation functions ..geometric distribution .power spectral density functions . I.moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .. “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”.K.joint and conditional probability distributions .events and probability . Rice S. Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”. Meirovitch L.impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair .contour integration . skewness and kurtosis) .conditional probability statistical independence .De Morgan’s rule . & Tang W. McGraw Hill 4. characteristic functions and log characteristic functions. John Wiley 2.response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation .absolute moments and central moments ..definition of a random variable . “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”.standard normal distribution . “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”.functions of single random variable . 9.weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes . 6. median.806.time averages and correlation functions .theorem of total probability . white noise) .probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables .extreme value distributions .Wiener-Khintchine equations .ergodic random processes .Bayes’ theorem .Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations . Papoulies A. coefficient of variation.main descriptors of a random variable (mean. Wiley Inter Science.introduction . “Probability. “Elements of Vibration Analysis”. Over Publications 7.H. variance. McGraw Hill 3.joint properties of stationary random processes .properties of spectral density functions . “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”.G.beta distribution .7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RANDOM VIBRATIONS Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts .elements of set theory . Kogakusha Ltd. Inc.. John Wiley 171 .D.H.H. “Stochestic Process & Random Vibration. Lin Y.mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events .basic axioms of probability .response of one -dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1.Fourier transforms .joint probability distribution of two random variables .moment generating functions. Vol.Poisson process and Poisson distribution hypergeometric distribution .spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.level crossing expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes . John Wiley 5.multiple functions of multiple random variables . Bendat & Piersol. Jullius Solnes. mode. wide band. Lutes L.covariance and correlation mean and variance .lognormal distribution .introduction .Venn diagram . in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”. Prentice Hall. Useful probability distributions .binomial distribution . McGraw Hill. standard deviation. Crandall S.D... Shahram Sarkoni.joint properties of ergodic random processes cross-correlation functions for linear systems .response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation . “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”. Ang A.single function of multiple random variables . Academic Press 8.response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations .08.negative binomial distribution .. & Mark W.gamma distribution .normal distribution .simple events and combination of events .

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 172 .

An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 173 . MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points .Jr.Rosenouver and Willis 2. MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs .8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas .806. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08. REFERENCES 1. Kinematics of Mechanism . Linkage Design . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature .C. "Principles of corporate Finance”.ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position . Shapiro A..traditional technique . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).financial statement analysis .an overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 174 .evaluation techniques .functions objectives of financial management .equity .Euro currency market.stock exchanges . "Financial Management". "Modern Corporate Finance". Brealey & Onyers. McGraw Hill 5.other financial instruments . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. TMH 3.discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature .capital market . ADR etc. Max well Macmillan 4. Khan & Jain.determinants . Euro issues. Pandey I. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.debt . TMH 2. "Financial Management".foreign investments and financing sources . "Financial Management". GDR. Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance . References: 1.. Prasanna Chandra.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and related disciplines scope of financial management .08.

manual part programming .manning of FMS .network simulation .tool management .types of memory . Groover M. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 175 .computer aided design fundamentals of CAD .NC part programming punched tape . Prentice Hall of India 2. McGraw.controlling precision . Groover.input/output devices – software . “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”.basic components of NC systems .FMS control software .approaches to modelling for FMS .tools and tooling .programming of robots assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).simulation procedure .group technology . Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.computer assisted part programming .P. “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”.08.pallets . “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.the design process .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction Computer technology . Yoram Koren.Job coding and classification .motion control system .machining centres .simulation and analysis of FMS .application of numerical control .artificial intelligence References : 1.APT language .NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems .tape coding and format . 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.hardware . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.benefits of FMS . Hill Book Company. Kant Vajpayee. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.FMS work station .economics of FMS .automated guided vehicles . Marcel Dekker Inc. Prentice Hall of India.components of FMS . Joseph Talavage & Hannam.FMS design .application of computers for design manufacturing data base.development of manufacturing system . “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”. Numerical control of machine tools.industrial robots . Emory & Zimmers.NC coordinate systems handling equipments system storage .head indexers . Prentice Hall of India 3. 5.fixtures . “ computers and programmable controllers .

Density based solutions for compressible flow. References: 1. . “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I. explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes. Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. Potential. applications. TDMA method. Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA. Fletcher C. Characteristics of turbulent flow. Equation of transport of a scalar. Implicit. Basic steps of CFD. Near wall treatments and wall functions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 176 . Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle. “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40)..08. convective and diffusion. Meshes. Stream lines. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. central and blended difference approximations for convection term.K. Springer Verlag 4.A. Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate. Tannehill John C. Versteeg H. “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”. Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative. Structured and unstructured mesh. Method of drawing a velocity vector. velocity contours and pressure contours. Patankar Suhas V. advantages. Taylor & Francis 2.J. Analytical solution of a one-dimensional convection diffusion equation.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to CFD. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.. method for generating stream line. Anderson Dale A.. Eddy diffusivity. & Malalasekera W. Upwind. Classification of structured grids... Commerical CFD packages. TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow. Historical background. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows . QUICK scheme. & Pletcher Richard H. “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3. Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Steady and unsteady flows.. Typical results of CFD analysis.806.SIMPLE and PISO algorithms.

from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 177 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Introduction to technology assessment . systems analysis . New Delhi. Technology forecasting . cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context) REFERENCES 1. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis . of Science and Technology. MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis . Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation . Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept. Mc Graw Hill 2. Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria .Rober U Ayres . constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations .12 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TECHNOLOGY FORECASTING Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures. Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).806.

Structured system design. System analysis completion report. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.G Jr and Others. Data flow diagram. Identify Data and Information Produced. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 178 . 1999. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Identifying areas for system study. Data structure diagram. System control. Data dictionary.Burch John. Structured analysis. Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. Types of networks. OAS. Types of Communication Channels. Prentice-Hall 4. People and Procedures -Data Communication network. structure and Development. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System.Modems. structure chart. Pearson education.testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. Development of System Profiles. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm. Computers and Information Systems – Robert . Software. Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean.Hardware. Coding techniques. 2002.System Implementation and control . Database. MODULE III System Design. Output system design.Security. Kenneth C.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Types and examples of Information systems. John wiley &Sons 5. TPS. File and data base design. Cost-benefit analysis. Tools for determining System requirement. Feasibility study.Computer based Information Systems . Tata Mc Graw Hill 6. Marketing Information System. 7. REFERENCES 1.The strategic role of information in Organisational Management. System concept: Organisation as a system. Gordon B Davis. Information technology Infrastructure. Interviewing staff.DSS and ESS. System Development. Banking Information Systems. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations.System Investigation. Laudon. Addison Wesley.A. Project selection. Input design and control. Need for System analysis. Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments. Documentation tools. Information Systems theory And Practice.Challenges of Information Systems .806. Channel sharing devices. MIS.S.Contemporary approach to Information systems . McGraw Hill 3. Channel configurations. Documentation. Fact finding. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions.Detection of errors – verification and validating. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter. inspection of Documents. Activities in requirement determination. 2. System analysis. Flow charts. Information Systems for Modern management.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems . Laudon and Jane P.

08. Aggregate inventory management:. PHI 2. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. shop loading. joint determination of Q and R.L. Master production schedule:. structuring BOM. and seasonality components. L.basic models. controlling continuous production. priority rules for dispatching jobs. KANBAN system.definition. cycle. A. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver. value of decision rules.scheduling. Module II Design of layout of factories. on consideration of facilities of working people. Inventory systems under risk:service levels. Regression analysis and smoothing methods.algorithms. sequencing. managing and maintenance of MPS. Capacity planning and control. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 179 .Exchange curves. multi-item joint replacement model. implementation. Office. aggregate planning strategies. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Line balancing methods. Basic inventory models:.assumptions. multi item forecasting. disaggregation techniques. stock out situations. Enterprise Resource Planning. methods. mathematical programming and heuristics. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.MRP and MRP II.. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5. Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:. MRP concepts and advantages.806. slow-moving item forecasting. and software packages. Computer applications in layout designs. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al. Estimation of trend. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4 Demand forecasting:. performance measures. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4. Just-in-time. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. safety stock policies. time-varying demands. Storage area etc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering. distribution inventory systems. Material Requirements Planning:. White – PHI 3. batch processing technique. References: 1. safety stock. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines.bill of material. Job Shop production activity planning:. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). White and J. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. Production systems – James . Routing problems:.

1999 4. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two back period. Concepts and uses of PERT.806. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd.David I Cleland .progress payments. expenditure planning. 5. Module III Project administration. Post project evaluation. Determination of least cost duration.08. Break even analysis. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 180 .Demand forecasting techniques. analysis.Analysis-Selection-Financing-Implementation-Review.The project life cycle. time-cost trade off. Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Market planning and marketing research process.Mcgraw Hill International Edition. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F. schedule of payments and physical progress. Generation and screening of project ideas. Gray & Erik break down structure. Non-financial justification of projects. cost as a function of time. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financing-estimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its financing-profitabilityprojected cash flow statement and balance sheet. use of Critical Path Method (CPM).Technical analysis. Project planning.importance of project management.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. project scheduling and network and demand analysis. Project risk. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms. Introduction to various Project management softwares. References: 1.establishing project priorities( scope-cost-time)project priority matrix. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Planning. Project management . implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Capital budgeting process. selection. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return.Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return. Larson McGraw Hill 3.

Detailed design procedure for piston.08.V. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6. heat loss factor. Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems.2 2. exhaust gas measurement and treatment. size and arrangement . IC Engines – Heywood 4. scavenging efficiency.806. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. Preliminary analysis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Cylinder number. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. poppet valves. airflow measurement. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power. delivery ratio.16 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature. relative cylinder charge.Lickty 3. MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavenging. effects of operating variables like compression ratio. -Terminologies like reference mass. IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.various methods of scavenging and charge induction. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 181 .Ganesan 7. and charging efficiency. IC Engines . Fundamentals of IC Engines.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines. connecting rod. trapping efficiency. Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle. torque measurement (only dynamometers). scavenge ratio. cylinder and cylinder head. Supercharging. crank shaft.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems. exhaust blow down.Vol. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C.F Taylor. IC Engine design –Richard James 5. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions.1 and Vol.

.S. Vision and Intelligence”. “Industrial Robotics – Technology. Klafter.. welding. 2001 3 Fu. 1989.Groover. Vision and Intelligence. Roll. 2 M. Yaw. 7 Industrial Robots. Magnetic Grippers. “Robotics for Engineers”. Touch Sensors. Chmielewski and Michael Negin. 1987 4 Yoram Koren.P. USA. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). McGraw Hill International Edition.G. Gonzalz.S.A. assembly. References 1 K. Resolvers. Analog Sensors). " Robotics Control sensing ". Stepper Motor. and material handling. Structured. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics. Capacitive.Lee. 1987.R. Continuous path control. LVDT.S. Lighting Techniques..Point to point control. “Robotics and Image Processing”. Teach Pendant Programming. Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor. Sensing.P.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Gonalez. Servo Motors – Salient Features. (Binary Sensors. Lighting Approach. Sensor Commands.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ROBOTICS Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems. McGraw-Hill. Work Envelope. and Ultrasonic). Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion. Inverse Kinematics and Differences.C. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. McGraw-Hill Book Co.S.. Laser Range Meters). 1995 6 Richard D. 1992 5 Janakiraman.G. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. Compliance Sensors. Englewoods Cliffs. Lead through programming. Thomas A. Proximity Sensors (Inductive. Slip Sensors. Optical Encoders). Image Storage. Prentice Hall Inc. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor. Fu.806. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . Yu.C. Tata McGraw-Hill.C. Wrist Sensors. Programming and Applications”. and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining. A. Speed of Motion. R. Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Robotics Control. Internal Grippers and External Grippers.C.. C. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers.K. Joint Notations. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch. Servo Motors. Applications and Comparison of all these Drives. NJ. End effecter commands. Camera. Frame Grabber. and Lee C. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. " Robotic engineeringAn Integrated Approach ". Vacuum Grippers. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 182 .

08.806. definition. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. Viva Books. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. J.S. Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce.B.18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts. T. Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages . “Managing Global Supply Chain”. Ayers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. NY 1998. 2000 3. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management. University Examination Question Paper consists of two chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Schraj. New Delhi 2000. P. References: 1. 2.B. J. Nicolas. McGraw-Hill. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 183 .factors affecting logistics. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP. approaches . Lencie press. St.N. Lasen.

Case studies. 2000. types. details of processes. Chua C. Kamrani. photo polymerization of SL resins. Leong K. post-build processes.Liou. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Model Slicing and contour data organization. Solid based. limitations and applications. products. second edition. per-build process. Paul F. basic process. materials. 2. limitations and applications– Case Studies. CRC press. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development. types of printing. and Lim C. Hanser Gardener Publications. process. Andreas Gebhardt. shape decomposition. limitations and applications . material system. weaknesses and applications. materials and applications. 2007. Hilton/Jacobs. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications. Indirect and direct SLS. Part orientation and support generation. materials. post curing. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle. World Scientific Publishers.Virtual prototyping.. advantages. Rapid prototyping.Benefits. Support structure design. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction.K. Tool path generation. direct and adaptive slicing. Applications and case studies. Frank W. process. Applications.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation.08. part quality and process planning. REFERENCES: 1.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems. Selective Laser Melting. 3. laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles. materials.Hilton. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. strength and weakness.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RAPID PROTOTYPING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Need . 2006. advantages. surface and solid modeling – data formats . materials. 2003. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle.Rapid Tooling . Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications. post processing. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle. details of processes.S. 4. CRC Press. products. Springer.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 184 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.powder structures.806. Physics of 3DP. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle. 2003.Data interfacing.Development of RP systems – RP process chain . surface deviation and accuracy. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing. process variables..F. 5. Emad Abouel Nasr. recoating issues. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice.Jacobs. part-building. strengths. process capabilities. advantages. Ali K. mold SDM and applications. modeling of SLS.Liou. products. Peter D. basic process. Liou W. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame.Applications.

thermal / chemical. hard anodizing. oxidative. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition.Metals Park.08. Surface cements. Marcel Dekker. GTAW.Ceramic coatings. corrosive. Furnace fusing. selective plating for repair. abrasive.sputter coating . Chromising. “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. Detonation gun and jet kote processes. chromium. “Surface Engineering”. 4. Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding. CBN.Ohio. fused carbide cloth. ASM Metals Handbook. hard facing consumables. Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. 1989.Budinski. John Wiley & Sons. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Structure.TiC. plating adhesion. Wear sleeves and Wear plates. erosive and fretting wear. 1994. PAW. Wear: Types of wear . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 185 .Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. Englewood Cliff. flame spray processes . Sursulf . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.adhesive. 1990. Aluminising.HVOF. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . Ernest Rabinowicz. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. Alumina. Prentice Hall. Wear tiles. 1995. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. Siliconising. Oxy-Acetylene Welding.806. hydrogen embrittlement. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. electroless plating. plating properties. plating of nickel. 2nd edition. TiN. properties and applications. tin and copper.5. Thermal -spray. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam. 2. 3. Diamond and DLC coatings. electrochemical conversion coating. GMAW. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . Vol. New York. NY. Electro spark deposition. centrifugal cast wear coatings. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. Kenneth G. Sudarshan T S. FCAW. SAW. pulsed plating.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SURFACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. REFERENCES: 1.

21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). "Cellular Manufacturing Systems". Elsevier.L. 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. REFERENCES 1. in The automated factoryHand Book: Technology and Management". 1991. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems". batch sequencing and sizing. cell loading.PBC in GT/CMS.08. D.D. R. establishing a team approach. Neural networks. Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance . "Planning. Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS. Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS.cases. Module II Design of CMS . cost and non-cost based models.Models. characteristics and design of groups. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. J. traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms. Burbidge. A. A.Parametric analysis . and Bidananda. Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems. Hand Book. TAB Books . 1979. Cleland. GT and MRP . (Eds).I. Managerial structure and groups. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).framework. Simulated Annealing. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry". Parsaei.T "Planning and Operation. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 186 . and Vakharia.London. Mechanical Engineering pub.A. H. Kamrani.J. Irani. 4. life cycle issues in GT/CMS. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. NY.G. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout. S.K. Askin. 1995. B (Eds). Human aspects of GT/CMS .R and Liles. G. benefits of GT and issues in GT.H.806.

Applications.S. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart. G.cooling and dehumidification . B.various process .use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning . 4.Air conditioning systems. References: 1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.sources of heat load. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry.F.S. G. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.22 HEATING. Jones.H. W..F Etc. Refrigeration and Air conditioning. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit.Arrangements of ducts. 5. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Heating and humidification . P.806. Psychrometric properties and processes. Manohar Prasad. Diversity and stratification. Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R.H.Heat generation inside the conditioned space . Bernoulli’s equation. Design of air conditioning system.pressure drop in ducts.method of duct design. radiation . Continuty equation. Jordan. Module II Cooling and heating load calculation .evaporate coolinglow humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning.F.use &absorbent or adsorbent .heat storage.mixing of air streams .H. E.comfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body. pressure losses. fan – design. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 187 . pressure drop by graphical method.selection of design temperatures . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. P.heat transfer through structures . Duct design . 2. C. G.various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation. 3.08.S.Infilteration and ventilation. Priester. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.

Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706.D. Butterworths Co. 1997. SAE. SAE.flow field around car .stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels .flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem . fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear . 3. 2.hatch back.. MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification . New York.potential of vehicle aerodynamics.road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .types of drag force . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Hucho. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.drag force .wind noise . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4.measurement techniques . 1974.23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS L-T. 1987. Pope.fuel consumption and performance .drag coefficient of cars .effects of gap configuration .fundamental of fluid mechanics .resistance to vehicle motion . 2nd Edn.W. A.low drag profiles. John Wiley & Sons.performance .dirt accumulation on the vehicle .side wind problems methods to calculate forces and moments . " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ".characteristics of forces and moments . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 188 . Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction .analysis of aerodynamic drag .. Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body . References: 1.drag reduction in commercial vehicles.vehicle dynamics under side winds . Ltd.effect of fasteners.the effects of forces and moments .. Vehicle and transducers .806. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope .H.principle of wind tunnel technology limitation of simulation . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.startegies for aerodynamic development .front and rear wind shield angle . " Wind Tunnel Testing ".08.historical development trends . SP-1145.boat tailing .

Kaloyer. running and steering gears. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers. cable and hydraulic dozers.Road making machinery. Performance characteristics of vehicles. road rollers. MIR Publishers. Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers.D.Power and capacity of earth moving machines. multi bucket and rotary types .Moving the earth 3. double reduction arrangements. Rippers.806. Abrosimov.On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Moscow 2. elevators / Man lifters.Dump trucks and dumpers Loaders. drag and self powered types . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. K. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Multiaxle vehicles. Herbert Nicholos. air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles. Bromberg and F.08.drag lines . number of speeds and gear ratios desirable. chassis and transmission. Crawler track.ROAD VEHICLES L-T. MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. Tree dozer. single bucket. power required.24 OFF. stampers. Jagman Singh. elevating graders. Fork Lifters References: 1. resistance to digging and motion.ditchers Capacity of shovels. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). self powered scrapers and graders. tractive effort. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. revolving and stripper shovels . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 189 . A. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Introduction: Power plants. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter. scrapers.

super charged operation.heat of reaction .D. Pergamon Press.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction .S. " Internal Combustion Engines ".25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES L-T.D. pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance..efficiency calculation. simulation for pollution estimation. John Wiley & Sons. oxford.N. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ". 1979.adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems. constant pressure adiabatic combustion. constant volume adiabatic combustion. 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion. " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ".. 1986. part-throttle operation. calculation of adiabatic flame temperature . temperature drop due to fuel vaporization. full throttle operation . validation of the computer code. 1992. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).R.. SI engine simulation References: 1.08. heat transfer process. different heat transfer models. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 190 . " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ".measurement of urp . compression of simulated values.V. Universities Press (I) Ltd.L. friction calculation.A. New York.isentropic changes of state. 1996. Ramoss. Benson. equilibrium calculations. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Hyderbad. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. engine performance simulation.806. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle problems. Ganesan. 2.measurement of hrp . whitehouse. simulation of engine performance. 3. Ashley Campbel.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful